Phase II Study of Oxytocin in Autism to Improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors
Phase: PHASE2
Conditions: Autism Spectrum Disorders
Sponsor: Linmarie Sikich

SOARS-B SAP’s and Protocols.  
This supplement contains the following items: 
1. SOARS-B Statistical Analysis Plans
1.1 Clarification regarding nomenclature in Statistical Analysis Plans and primary paper  --------------1
1.2 SOARS-B Initial Statistical Analysis Plan, dated 3-21-2013---------------------------------------------------2
1.3 SOARS-B Final Statistical Analysis Plan, v 2.0, dated 2-19-2018 ------------------------------------------24 
1.4. Summary of changes in Statistical Analysis Plans ------------------------------------------------------------42
2. SOARS- B Protocols:
2.1 Original SOARS-B protocol, Version 1.0 (dated 2012-02-07) -----------------------------------------------44 
2.2 Final SOARS-B protocol, Version 6.0 (dated 2016-03-21)----------------------------------------------------96 
2.3 High Level Summary of changes ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------170 
2.4 Detailed list of all changes is in the final protocol on pages------------------------------------------------172

Page 1 of 179 
Clarifications to Final SAP reflecting Primary Paper in the New England Journal of Medicine  05-15-2021:
1. Throughout the protocol and SAP, we refer to the ABC-SW, which is a modified subscale of the ABC-Lethargy, 
Social Withdrawal Subscale that eliminated questions 3, 32, and 53, which refer to lack of movement, in order 
to increase specificity for social reciprocity behaviors.  In writing the primary paper, we wanted to eliminate 
any possible confusion with the original published ABC-Lethargy, Social Withdrawal subscale and referred to 
the modified scale as the ABC-modified Social Withdrawal subscale or ABC-mSW.  We have changed our 
clinicaltrials.gov primary results to use the new nomenclature of ABC-mSW.
2. Reviewers pointed out that it was not entirely clear what our three secondary outcomes were.  Therefore, we 
want to be clear that they are:
 
     a. the Sociability Factor (abbreviated SF) which combines the ABC-mSW and the PDD-BI screening 
 
         version in order to assess both areas of social reciprocity challenges and social skills (there was an  
                       error in the original version of the final SAP in which the sociability factor was inadvertently omitted 
                       from section 4.1.2, which has been corrected)
                   b.the Social Responsiveness Scale, 2nd Edition - Social Motivation Subscale (abbreviated SRS-2-SM);
                   c. the Stanford Binet, 5th edition Abbreviated Intelligence Quotient (abbreviated ABIQ).
    3. Reviewers requested that we clarify what our sensitivity analyses were. They follow
a. Analysis using the original ABC-Lethargy, Social Withdrawal Subscale
b. Analysis integrating baseline (or screen if no baseline was available) plasma oxytocin level, baseline 
oxytocin level x treatment, and baseline oxytocin x treatment x time into the MMRM model
c. Analysis separately of the ABC-mSW outcome in the minimally verbal and fluently verbal subgroups.
d. Analysis of the ABC-mSW outcome in the per proctocol population
    4. In the primary paper we also clarify that the full analysis set is essentially a modified intent treat sample, and 
         that age group was dropped from the final analysis model because it was not significant.

Page 22 of 179
Initial Statistical Analysis Plan for SOARS-B 
Version 1.0 
March 21, 2013 

Page 3 of 179 
Study of Oxytocin in ASD to Improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors  (SOARS-B) 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
A Phase II, Multicenter, Randomized, Double-blind, Flexible Dose, Placebo-controlled Study 
of the Efficacy, Tolerability, and Safety of Intranasal Oxytocin in Child Adolescent Participants 
with Autism Spectrum Disorders 
Sponsor: National Institute of Child Health and Human Development 
Version: Draft 1.0 
Date: 03-21-2013 

Page 4 of 179
APPROVALS 
Written by: Jacqueline L. Johnson, DrPH 
Investigator, Data Center, University of North Carolina 
Date 
Approved by: Robert M. Hamer, Ph.D. 
Principal Investigator, Data Center, University of North 
Carolina 
Date 
Linmarie Sikich, M.D. 
Lead Principal Investigator, University of North Carolina 
Date 
Christopher McDougle, MD 
Principal Investigator, Massachusetts General Hospital 
Date 
Alex Kolevzon, M.D. 
Principal Investigator, Mount Sinai School of Medicine 
Date 
Bryan King, M.D. 
Principal Investigator, Seattle Children’s Hospital Research 
Institute 
Date 
Jeremy Veenstra-Vander Weele, M.D. 
Principal Investigator, Vanderbilt University 
Date 
Simon Gregory, Ph.D. 
Principal Investigator, Genetics Center, Duke University 
Date 
Amendment 
The material information contained herein is subject to amendment at any time prior to the 
breaking of the blind. 

Page 5 of 179
Table of Contents 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
139 
1.
INTRODUCTION 141
1.1 Purpose 
141
1.2 Study Objectives 
141 
1.2.1 
Primary Objective 
141 
1.2.2 
Secondary Objectives 
141 
1.2.3 
Exploratory Objective 
141 
1.3 Study Design 
142 
Figure 1: Schematic of Study Design ……………………………………………………...…..8 
Table 1: Schedule of Visits and Assessments ………………………………………………..9 
2.
GENERAL STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
145 
2.1 Analysis Populations 
145 
2.1.1 
    Safety Population 
145 
2.1.2     Full Analysis Set 
145 
2.1.3     Per-Protocol Population 
145 
2.2 General Summarization of Study Data 
145 
2.3 Sequence of Planned Analyses 145 
3.
PARTICIPANT DISPOSITION ANALYSES 
146
3.1 General Summaries 
146 
3.2 Protocol Deviations 
146 
3.3 Demographics and Baseline Characteristics 
146 
3.4 Dose and Compliance 
1472 
3.5 Concomitant Medications 
147 
4. EFFICACY ANALYSES 
148 
4.1 Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.1.1 
Primary Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.1.2 
Key Secondary Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.1.3 
Exploratory Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.2 General Modeling Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 150 
4.3 Missing Data Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 
150 
4.4 Primary Efficacy Analysis 
150 
4.5             Subgroup Analysis for Primary Efficacy Variables 151 
4.6 Addition of Covariates to Primary Efficacy Analysis Model 
151 
4.7 Analyses of Secondary Efficacy Variables 
152 
4.8 Analyses of Exploratory Efficacy Variables 
152 
4.9             Analyses of Month 12 and Month 18 Follow-up Data
152 
5. SAFETY ANALYSES 
1527
5.1 Treatment Emergent Adverse Events (TEAEs) 
152
5.2 Vital Signs 
153
5.3 Weight and Body Mass Index 
1538
5.4 Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 154
5.5 12-lead Electrocardiogram (ECG) 
154 
5.6 Safety Data Reported to the DSMB 
154 
6.
SAMPLE SIZE AND STATISTICAL POWER CONSIDERATION 155
7.
REFERENCES 
155

Page 6 of 179
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
Abbreviation or 
term 
Explanation 
ABC 
Aberrant Behavior Checklist 
ABC-SW 
Aberrant Behavior Checklist – Social Withdrawal subscale 
ADI-R 
Autism Diagnostic Interview - Revised 
ADOS-2 
Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (version 2) 
AE 
Adverse Event 
ALT 
Alanine Aminotransferase 
ASD 
Autism Spectrum Disorder 
AST 
Aspartate Aminotransferase 
BMI 
Body Mass Index 
BUN 
Blood Urea Nitrogen 
CASI 
Childhood Anxiety Symptom Inventory 
CGI-I 
Clinician Global Impression - Improvement 
CGI-S 
Clinician Global Impression - Severity 
CI 
Confidence Interval 
cl 
Chloride 
CO2 
Carbon Dioxide 
CSQ 
Caregiver Strain Questionnaire 
CSS 
Calibrated SeverityScore calculated from the ADOS-2 
DSM-V 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition 
DSMB 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
ECG 
Electrocardiogram 
GUID 
Global Unique Identifier 
FAP 
Full Analysis Population 
IU 
International Unit 
K 
Potassium 
LS 
Least Squares 
OT 
(intranasal) Oxytocin 
M0 
Month 0 Visit 
M6 
Month 6 Visit 
M12 
Month 12 Visit 
M18 
Month 18 Visit 
MMRM 
Mixed Model with Repeated Measures 
mRNA 
Messenger Ribonucleic Acid 
Na 
Sodium 
NIH 
National Institutes of Health 
PDDBI-SV 
Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory – Screening 
Version 
PDDBI-Full 
Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory – Full Version 
PP 
Per-protocol Population 
OXTR 
Human Oxytocin Receptor Gene 
Q1 
First Quartile 
Q3 
Third Quartile 
QTcB 
QT interval corrected for heart rate using Bazett’s formula 

Page 7 of 179
Abbreviation or 
term 
Explanation 
QTcF 
QT interval corrected for heart rate using Fridericia’s formula 
RMET 
Reading the Mind in the Eyes Test 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SD 
Standard Deviation 
SF 
Sociability Factor, a combined measure derived from the ABC-SW & 
PDDBI-SV 
SLAES 
Systematic Longitudinal Adverse Events Scale 
SOARS-B 
Study of Oxytocin in ASD to Improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors  
SRS-2 
Social Responsiveness Scale (version 2) 
TEAE 
Treatment-Emergent Adverse Event 

Page 8 of 179
INTRODUCTION 
Purpose 
The purpose of this SAP is to outline the planned analyses to support the completion of the primary 
manuscripts to be written for the SOARS-B Study. Exploratory analyses not identified or defined in this SAP 
may be performed to support the clinical trial. Any post-hoc or unplanned analyses performed and not 
identified in this SAP will be documented in the respective manuscript. 
Study Objectives 
Primary Objective 
To determine the efficacy of intranasal oxytocin (OT) for the treatment of deficits of reciprocal social 
behaviors in child or adolescent participants with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) as measured by changes 
in the Aberrant Behavior Checklist- Social Withdrawal Scale (ABC-SW) and the sociability factor (SF), a 
combined measure formed from 13 items of the ABC-SW and the Pervasive Developmental Disorders 
Behavior Inventory - Screening Version (PDDBI-SV). 
Secondary Objectives 
To determine the safety and tolerability of OT in participants with ASD as measured by incidence of 
treatment emergent adverse events (TEAEs) and abnormal laboratory values, tolerability of OT dose, and 
time to early termination.  
To determine the efficacy of OT as measured by changes in ABC-SW and SF scores in low-functioning and 
high-functioning strata separately. 
To determine the efficacy of OT as measured by changes in Social Responsiveness Scale Version 2 (SRS-2) 
Social Motivation scores, Vineland 2 Adaptive Behavior Composite score and Nonverbal IQ or Mullen Early 
Learning Composite scores.  
To determine the efficacy of OT (as measured by changes in ABC-SW scores, SF scores, SRS-2 Social 
Motivation scores, Vineland 2 Adaptive Behavior Composite, and Nonverbal IQ or Mullen Early Learning 
Composite scores) as a function of age. 
To determine the efficacy of OT (as measured by changes in ABC-SW scores, SF, , SRS Social Motivation 
scores, Vineland 2 Adaptive Behavior Composite  , and Nonverbal IQ or Mullen Early Learning Composite 
scores) as a function of baseline percent OXTR gene methylation. 
Exploratory Objectives 
To describe the influence of OT on the oxytocin system as measured by changes in OXTR gene methylation, 
mRNA expression of oxytocin relevant genes, levels of oxytocin in plasma and saliva, and whole blood 
serotonin levels over time. 
To determine the efficacy of OT on other clinical assessments  including the subscales of the ABC, SRS, 
Vineland, and PDDBI; the ADOS Calibrated Severity Score (CSS); the Clinical Global Impressions Severity and 
Improvement scores; self-reported social functioning  and the Reading the Mind in the Eyes Task (RMET). 
To examine the potential interaction between OT and various types of concurrent behavioral and/or 

Page 9 of 179 
pharmacological treatments and social opportunities. 
Study Design 
This is a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, stratified, flexible dose, placebo-controlled study designed 
to evaluate OT in participants with ASD. OT will be given as an intranasal preparation with two different 
concentrations of 8 IU per insufflation or 24 IU per insufflation. Oxytocin will be administered daily, in single 
doses up to 401U or divided doses in the morning and early afternoon as described in the protocol. Total 
daily dose is flexible, between 8 IU and 80 IU per day. 
Participants who successfully complete screening and baseline assessments and are deemed eligible will be 
randomized to OT or placebo treatment in a 1:1 ratio, stratified by age group (3-6, 7-11, 12-17) and 
functioning (low, high), for a total of 6 strata. Randomization will not be stratified by center, as it was felt 
that additional stratification by center would lead to too many strata, a loss of degrees of freedom, and the 
potential for a grossly unequal randomization to treatments. 
A schematic representation of the study design is shown in Figure 1. After screening and randomization at 
month O (MO), participants enter a double-blind treatment period of 6 months (M6), followed by open-label 
treatment with OT for 6 months, termination of OT at the end of month 12 (M12), and an 18 month (M18) 
follow-up visit 6 months after the month 12 visit. 
Efficacy, safety, and tolerability are measured monthly throughout the treatment period. Participants who 
terminate early will be asked to provide safety data through the remainder of the study. The schedule of 
assessments is provided in Table 1. 
Figure 1: 
Schematic Representation of the Study Design 
SCREEN 
PHASE 1: DOUBLE-BLIND 
PHASE 2: OPEN TREATMENT 
PHASE 3: FU 
ASSESSES: 
EFFICACY, SAFElY, MODERATORS 
LONG-TERM SAFETY & BENEFITS 
PERSISTENCE OF BENEFITS 
. 
Screen• 
Stratified Randomization 
M18' 
NO 
:a-.--.-1111!111-... lll!I------------
• • • • 
M6' 
M7 
MS 
M9 
M10 M11 
M12' 

Page 10 of 179 
Table 1: 
Schedule of Visits and Assessments 
Post 
SCHEDULE OF EVENTS 
Screen 
Double Blind Treatment 
Open Treatment 
Tx 
f/u 
Procedure 
1 or 2 
M 0.5 Ml 
M2 
M3 
M4 
MS M6/ M6.5 M7 
M8 
M9 MlO MU M12/ M 18 
T 
T 
ADOS-2 
X 
X 
X 
ADI-R 
X 
Stanford Binet/Mullen 
X 
X 
X 
X 
DSM-V Checklist 
X 
Incl usion/Excl us ion 
X 
Demographics 
Family Med History (NIH 
X 
Form) 
Randomization Form 
GUID Acquisition Form 
GUID Record Form 
Con Meds 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Vital Signs 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Med/Psych History 
X 
(SLAES) 
Adverse Effects 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
(SLAES/Suicidality) 
Physical Exam (NIH Form) 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Medical History (NIH 
X 
Form) 
CGI S and 1° 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Social Skills Therapies 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Psychosocial Therapies 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Laboratory 
ECG 
X 
X 
X 
Female Reproductive 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Status 
Urine/Serum Pregnancy1 
X 
Safety labs2 
X 
X 
X 
mRNA sample 
X 
X 
X 
Methylation sample 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Plasma/salivary oxytocin 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Whole blood serotonin 
X 
X 
X 
Genetic repository 
X 
sample-subj3 
Genetic repository -
X 
parents4 
Parent Questionnaires 
Questionnaire Guidance 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Form 

Page 11 of 179 
Social Opportunity 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Questionnaire 
ABC 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
PDDBI-SV 
X 
X 
X 
X 
PDDBI-Full 
X 
X 
CASI 
X 
X 
Caregiver Strain 
X 
X 
Vineland-II (Survey Form) 
X 
X 
X 
X 
SRS-2 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Subject Completed 
Questionnaires 
Reading Mind in Eyes Test5 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Self-Rating of social 
X 
X 
function 
Medication 
DVD training (med 
administration)* 
Med Administration 
Form* 
Dosing Guide7 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Risks Handout 
X 
Medication Compliance6 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Oxytocin Dosing Log (staff) 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Medication Diary 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Dispensed 
0-CGI-S only at baseline, CGI-S and I at all other visits 1-Required at screening but can be done at any time during the course of the study at physician discretion 2-
Safety labs to include: glucose (random), CO2, Cl, K, Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT, urine specific gravity, urine pregnancy in pubertal girls. 3- Preferred time to collect, 
but can be done at any time. 4- One sample is requested from each biological parent, can be obtained at any point during the study 5-Assessment will be obtained 
only in participants who have fluent phrase speech & can define basic feelings and friendship. 6- . Completed each time the participant returns study medication 
7- Dosing guide should be given at each visit (and also phone calls where the dosing has changed). Staff will circle the appropriate column for dosing that the patient 
should follow 
•Must be given at baseline, but also can be given at any other time during the course of the study at study staff discretion 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

Page 12 of 179
GENERAL STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
Analysis Populations 
In all populations, participants will be analysed in the treatment group into which they were originally 
randomized. Measurements from participants excluded from the pre-defined analysis populations or extra 
measurements (such as unscheduled or repeat assessments) will not be included in summary tables or 
figures unless specified otherwise.  
Safety Population 
The safety population will include all participants who receive at least 1 dose study drug. The safety 
population will be used for all tabulations of demographics, baseline characteristics, and safety variables, 
unless otherwise specified in the SAP text or the table shell. 
Full Analysis Set 
The full analysis set (FAS) will consist of all evaluable participants, defined as all randomized participants 
who receive at least 1 dose of study drug and have at least 1 primary efficacy assessment on the two co-
primary primary efficacy variables after administration of study drug. The FAS will be the primary efficacy 
population and used in efficacy analyses.  
Per-Protocol Population 
The per-protocol (PP) population is defined as a subset of FAS with no major protocol deviations. Protocol 
violators will be determined before database lock and the unblinding of treatment groups. The per-protocol 
population will be used only for supportive analyses of the primary efficacy endpoint. 
General Summarization of Study Data 
Unless otherwise specified, continuous variables will be summarized with descriptive statistics including n, 
mean, standard deviation (SD), median, first quartile (Q1) and third quartile (Q3) and minimum and 
maximum values. Categorical variables will be reported as number and percentage of participants in each 
category.  Least squares (LS) means, standard errors, estimates of contrasts with 95% confidence intervals 
(CI), and p-values will be reported as appropriate.  
All other statistical tests and confidence intervals will be 2-sided, unadjusted for multiplicity, and tested at α 
= 0.05, except those explicitly stated to be otherwise. In cases where we have co-primary outcomes, the 
tests will be adjusted for the number of outcomes using a Bonferroni correction. 
All analyses and summaries will be produced using SAS® version 9.3 (or higher). 
Sequence of Planned Analyses 
All analyses described in this SAP will be performed after data collection has concluded, the database 
locked, and the treatment blind has been broken. There will be no interim analyses of study data except for 
the summaries provided to the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB).  

Page 13 of 179
An independent DSMB will meet three times yearly to review safety information for the study. The DSMB 
statistician will prepare summaries of data as described in the Safety Analyses section, separating them into 
treatment group A and treatment group B and will distribute them only to the members of the DSMB.  The 
database manager will provide the DSMB with the treatments referred to by A and B if requested, but will 
not see the final reports.  No study team member other than the DSMB statistician will see the summaries 
provided to the DSMB. 
PARTICIPANT DISPOSITION ANALYSES 
General Summaries 
Disposition will be summarized for all enrolled participants. Summaries will include counts of: 
Participants who were enrolled  
Participants who were enrolled but not randomized  
Participants who were randomized  
Participants who were randomized but did not take study drug 
Participants who were in the safety population 
Participants who were in the FAS  
Participants who were in the PP population 
Participants who completed the study 
Participants who terminated the study early 
Participants with the each potential primary reason (i.e. adverse effect, inconvenience, administrative, lack 
of efficacy, noncompliance, lost to contact) for early termination 
All summaries will be presented by treatment group and over all participants. A listing of disposition will be 
provided for all participants. 
Protocol Deviations 
Protocol deviations will be recorded by each site as they occur and/or captured during monitoring visits. 
Before database lock and treatment unblinding of the study, study investigators will review all protocol 
deviations and determine whether or not they are assessed to be major protocol deviations. 
Major protocol deviations are defined as those that potentially impact participant safety and/or data 
integrity, and may include but are not limited to the following: 
Dosing/randomization errors 
Procedural errors 
Participant did not meet all inclusion and exclusion criteria 
Participant  treatment assignment was unblinded during the study 
All major protocol violations will be summarized and listed for the study.  
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics 
Demographics and baseline characteristics will be summarized by treatment group and over all participants 

Page 14 of 179 
for the safety population. Demographic characteristics will include sex, age, race, and ethnicity. Baseline 
efficacy variables (see Efficacy Analyses section for list), vital signs, and female reproductive status will also 
be summarized. 
Age (months) will be calculated as the number of months between date of birth and date of informed 
consent.  
Medical and psychiatric history will be summarized by treatment group and over all participants using the 
number of observations and percentage of participants reporting each category for the safety population. 
Dose and Compliance 
All dosing, exposure, and compliance information will be summarized by treatment group and over all 
participants for the safety population.  
Summaries of dose will include the percent of participants not able to tolerate the target dose, mean six 
month and 12 month doses, mean maximal dose, and the percent of participants whose dose was a) not 
increased up to the target dose; b) was reduced to below the target dose; or c) was reduced but still at or 
above the target dose.  A summary will also be provided of the percent participants whose six month and 12 
month doses were given once a day versus twice a day. 
Duration of exposure for study drug (days) will be determined by calculating the difference between the 
date of last dose known to be taken and date of the first day medication was taken inclusive (last treatment 
date – first treatment date) + 1. 
Treatment compliance will be calculated using the following formula and categorized as <80%, 80% - 120%, 
or >120%: 
Number of days medication taken
% Compliance for study medication 
100
Number of days of exposure








Concomitant Medications 
Concomitant medications will be categorized into the following groups: Neurobehavioral medications:  
alpha adrenergic agonists, anti-anxiety medications, anti-cholinergics, anticonvulsants/mood stabilizers, 
antipsychotics, stimulants, and sleep aids and Other medications: acid reducers, anti-infection medications, 
cough/allergy/asthma medications, heart medications, inhalation steroids, nutritional supplements, 
systemic steroids, and other. 
Medications stopped prior to the first date of study drug dosing will be considered prior medications. We do 
not plan to summarize these medications.  Medications taken after the first date of study drug dosing will be 
considered concomitant medications.  
Concomitant medications for each study treatment group will be summarized according to their 
membership in the groups noted above by . Upon request, a summary of each specific medication name will 
be provided.   

Page 15 of 179
In summaries, if a participant has taken a concomitant medication more than once, the participant will be 
counted only once in the total.   
EFFICACY ANALYSES 
The FAS will be used as the analysis population for all efficacy analyses unless otherwise specified. 
Efficacy Variables 
Detailed description of all efficacy variables is given in the protocol. All efficacy variables will be analyzed as 
change from baseline, except where noted. 
Primary Efficacy Variables 
The following variables will be analyzed as co-primary endpoints: 
ABC-SW Total 
Sociability Factor (SF) 
The SF will be calculated by discarding the three lethargy items (3, 32, 53) from the ABC-SW, summing the 
13 remaining items of the ABC-SW subscale, and adding the sum to the PDDBI-SV raw social deficits score.  
Key Secondary Efficacy Variables 
The following variables with be analyzed as jointly key secondary endpoints: 
SRS-2 social motivation subscale score  
Vineland 2 adaptive behavior composite score 
Nonverbal IQ or Mullen Early Learning Composite scores 
Exploratory Efficacy Variables 

Clinical Global Impression - Severity (CGI-S)

Clinical Global Impression - Improvement (CGI-I)

CGI-I will be analyzed as an endpoint mean instead of change from baseline.

ABC subscales for irritability, stereotypy, hyperactivity, and inappropriate speech

Calibrated Severity Score derived from the ADOS 2 (CSS)

Scores from the ADOS will be used to derive a raw score for 14 specific questions according to the
child’s age, verbal abilities and the module used. A score of 8 will be converted to a score of 0.  A
score of 3 will be converted to a score of 2.  These questions are listed in Table 2 below.

The raw scores will then be used to derive a CSS which takes account of the child’s age, module used
and, for module 1, whether there are no words or single words using Table 3 below.

The CSS for children 15-17 who are assessed with a module 1 will be derived using the 6-14 criteria.

The CSS for 17 year olds assessed with module 2 or 3 will be derived using the 9-16 or 10-16 criteria
respectively.

PDDBI- Full Version subscales

Caregiver strain questionnaire (CSQ) and its subscales

Vineland 2 domains for communication, daily living skills, socialization, and maladaptive behaviors;

Page 16 of 179
motor skills will not be analyzed since it is only valid in young children 

Participant rating of social function (only in verbally fluent individuals)

Child and Adolescent Symptom Inventory disease categories

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading the Mind in the Eyes test (only in individuals with fluent speech and understanding of basic
emotions)

OXTR gene methylation and mRNA expression

Serum and salivary oxytocin levels

Whole blood serotonin
Table 2: Questions for determining ADOS 2 Raw Severity Scores 
Domain 
Question # 
Module 1, no 
words 
Module 1, 
some words 
Module 2, 
younger 
Module 2, older 
Module 3 
Social 
1 
Unusual Eye 
contact 
Unusual Eye 
contact 
Unusual Eye 
contact 
Unusual Eye 
contact 
Unusual Eye 
contact 
2 
Gaze & other 
behavior 
Gaze & other 
behavior 
Amt of social 
communication 
Amt of social 
communication 
Amt of social 
communicatio
n 
3 
Facial 
Expression 
Facial 
Expression 
Facial Expression 
Facial Expression 
Facial 
Expression 
4 
Freq of 
Vocalizations 
Freq of 
Vocalizations 
Quality of 
Rapport 
Quality of 
Rapport 
Quality of 
Rapport 
5 
Shared 
Enjoyment 
Shared 
Enjoyment 
Shared 
Enjoyment 
Shared 
Enjoyment 
Shared 
Enjoyment 
6 
Qual of social 
overtures 
Qual of social 
overtures 
Qual of social 
overtures 
Qual of social 
overtures 
Qual of social 
overtures 
7 
Response to 
joint atten 
Pointing 
Pointing 
Pointing 
Conversation 
8 
Gestures 
Gestures 
Gestures 
Gestures 
Gestures 
9 
Showing 
Showing 
Showing 
Showing 
Qual of social 
response 
10 
Initiation of 
joint atten 
Initiation of 
joint atten 
Initiation of joint 
atten 
Initiation of joint 
atten 
Reporting of 
events 
Restricted, 
Repetitive 
Behaviors 
11 
Intonation 
Stereotyped 
language 
Stereotyped 
language 
Stereotyped 
language 
Stereotyped 
language 
12 
Unusual 
sensory 
interest 
Unusual 
sensory 
interest 
Unusual sensory 
interest 
Unusual sensory 
interest 
Unusual 
sensory 
interest 
13 
Repetitive 
interests 
Repetitive 
interests 
Repetitive 
interests 
Repetitive 
interests 
Highly 
specific topics 
14 
Hand 
Mannerisms 
Hand 
Mannerisms 
Hand 
Mannerisms 
Hand 
Mannerisms 
Hand 
Mannerisms 

Page 17 of 179
Table 3: Determining CSS from ADOS 2 Raw Severity Scores 
General Modeling Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 
Unless otherwise specified, efficacy analyses will fit a mixed longitudinal model with change from baseline to 
each post-baseline month for a response variable, low or high functioning group and age group as 
stratification variables, OT or placebo treatment group as the between-subjects factor, month as a within-
subjects factor, treatment by month interaction, and baseline as a covariate.  We will choose between two 
kinds of models:  (1) a random coefficients model treating month continuously with random coefficients for 
the intercept, slope, and slope squared, and  an unstructured covariance matrix among them, and (2) an 
mixed model with repeated measures (MMRM) treating month categorically and examining unstructured, 
Toeplitz, autoregressive, and compound symmetric covariance structures among months.  We will choose 
among these candidate models using an information criterion (AIC) while remaining blind to the significance 
of the treatment effect to avoid bias in the choice of model.  Distributional assumptions will be examined 
using residuals.  These mixed models could fail to converge or encounter difficulties based on their use of 
asymptotics.  If they do, we will attempt to simplify the models in order to eliminate the problems, and if 
necessary, move to analyses that assume compound symmetry, but use a Huynh-Feldt correction if 
compound symmetry fails. 
Missing Data Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 
The mixed models that will be used to evaluate efficacy variables are able to handle moderate amounts of 
missing data provided they are missing at random.  We will examine the missing at random assumption by 
assessing baseline differences between dropouts and completers, as well as differences in response 
variables up to the point of premature withdrawal.  If the missing at random assumption does not appear to 
be tenable, we will report the mixed models results but spend additional effort characterizing treatment 
effect at time of premature withdrawal.   
Primary Efficacy Analysis 

Page 18 of 179
The co-primary efficacy response variables will be tested using a Bonferroni-corrected significance level of α 
= 0.025.  Longitudinal models as described in General Modeling Considerations will be fit with dependent 
variables of change from baseline to each post-baseline month up to month 6.   
The following sample SAS code will be referenced for the random coefficients model. 
PROC MIXED data = xxx ORDER=DATA; 
CLASS treat functioning agegroup subject; 
MODEL change= baseline agegroup treatment month treatment*month/ DDFM=KR; 
RANDOM intercept month/ TYPE=UN SUBJECT=subject (treatment); 
ESTIMATE “Treatment Diff at Month 6” treatment 1 -1 treatment*month 6 -6; 
RUN; 
The following sample SAS code will be referenced for MMRM model: 
PROC MIXED data = xxx ORDER=DATA; 
CLASS treat functioning agegroup month subject; 
MODEL change= baseline agegroup treatment month treatment*month/ DDFM=KR; 
REPEATED month/ TYPE=xx SUBJECT=subject (treatment); 
LSMEANS treatment*month; 
LSMEANS treatment*month / SLICE=month; 
RUN; 
The ESTIMATE statement in the random coefficients model and LSMEANS statement with the SLICE=month 
option in the MMRM will produce the test of treatment effect at month 6. 
As a sensitivity analysis, the primary efficacy analysis will also be conducted in the per-protocol population. 
Subgroup Analysis for Primary Efficacy Variables 
As a secondary analysis for the primary efficacy variables, the primary efficacy variables will be analyzed 
within each of the low and high functioning stratum separately. This will be done using the same model as 
described in the primary efficacy analysis, but using contrasts to test the difference between the treatments 
on the month 6 change scores within each of the low and high-functioning strata. 
Addition of Covariates to Primary Efficacy Analysis Model 
As additional secondary analyses for the primary efficacy variables, the following groups of covariates will be 
added separately to the model in the primary efficacy analysis and tested for their significance: 
Baseline age, treatment-by-age interaction, treatment-by-age-by-month interaction.  
Baseline percent OXTR gene methylation, treatment-by-baseline-methylation-interaction, treatment-by-
baseline-methylation-by-month interaction 
In both cases, the primary test will be the significance of treatment-by-variable-by-month interaction, and if 
not significant, the treatment-by-variable interaction.  
The predictor for age group listed in the description of the model fit in primary efficacy analysis will be 

Page 19 of 179
removed from the model adding baseline age and interactions as covariates. 
Analyses of Key Secondary Efficacy Variables 
The three key secondary efficacy variables will be tested using a Bonferroni-corrected significance level of α 
= 0.0167 using the same model as in the primary efficacy analysis.  Supplemental analyses will include 
separate analyses in low and high-functioning strata and inclusion of baseline age and baseline percent 
OXTR methylation covariates, as described in the primary efficacy analysis.  
Analyses of Exploratory Efficacy Variables 
Exploratory efficacy variables will be analyzed the same way as the primary and secondary efficacy variables 
except with no Bonferroni correction for type I error. 
Analyses of Month 12 and Month 18 Follow-up Data 
Following the 6-month double blind phase, all participants will receive 6 months of OT during an open label 
phase. Therefore, participants randomized to OT during the 6 month double-blind phase will receive 12 
months of OT treatment, and participants randomized to placebo will received 6 months of OT treatment. 
The longitudinal models used in previous analyses will be fit for the following time periods and participant 
groups. All analyses will be considered exploratory and will not include any correction for type I error: 
Change from 6 months to 12 months in participants receiving OT during the double-blind phase. 
Change from baseline to 12 months in participants receiving OT during the double-blind phase. 
Change from 6 months to 12 months in participants receiving placebo during the double-blind phase. 
Change from baseline to 12 months in participants receiving placebo during the double-blind phase. 
Change from 6 months to 12 months compared to change from baseline to 6 months in participants 
receiving placebo during the double-blind phase. 
Change from baseline to 6 months of OT treatment in either the double-blind or open treatment periods.  
This will combine baseline to 6 months data for participants receiving OT during the double-blind phase with 
6 months to 12 months data (relabeled as baseline to 6 months) in participants receiving placebo in the 
double-blind phase. 
Change from 12 months to 18 months in participants receiving OT during the double-blind phase. 
Change from baseline to 18 months in participants receiving OT during the double-blind phase. 
Change from 12 months to 18 months in participants receiving placebo during the double-blind phase. 
Change from baseline to 18 months in participants receiving placebo during the double-blind phase. 
SAFETY ANALYSES 
Safety and tolerability will be evaluated based on the incidence of TEAEs, incidence of elicited reports of 
suicidal ideation or statements, self-injurious behaviors, and suicidality, incidence of AEs leading to 
termination, vital signs measurements, abnormal laboratory test results, and ECG findings. All safety data 
will be presented using the safety population.  
Treatment Emergent Adverse Events (TEAEs) and Potential Suicidality 
Adverse events will be monitored continuously from the time a participant signs the informed consent 

Page 20 of 179
document until the completion of the final follow-up visit.  Similarly reports of suicidal ideation or 
statements, self-injurious behaviors, and suicidality elicited from participants who are able to speak and 
understand the concepts and all caregivers will be elicited at every contact and followed continuously 
Medical and behavioral conditions that are present at screening and/or baseline will only be considered 
treatment emergent adverse events if their severity increases significantly after the participant has taken at 
least one dose of study treatment.  Intermittent conditions such as seasonal allergies will only be considered 
TEAEs if the severity or frequency is significantly greater than in the previous two years.  Only TEAEs will be 
considered in the adverse event safety analyses.   
TEAEs will be coded using the Systematic Longitudinal Adverse Event Scale (SLAES). Additional details about 
this scale are given in the protocol. 
Severity of adverse events will be categorized as mild, moderate, severe, life-threatening, or resulting in 
death. Relationship to treatment will be categorized as unknown or not applicable relationship, unrelated, 
possibly related, probably related, or certainly related.  
Overall summary of TEAEs, such as all TEAEs, severe TEAEs, TEAEs by severity, TEAEs by relationship to 
treatment, TEAEs leading to study termination, serious TEAEs, life-threatening TEAEs and TEAEs resulting in 
death, will be summarized by category and preferred term for each treatment group and over all 
participants. All TEAEs with moderate or greater severity will be listed for each participant. Severe TEAEs, 
TEAEs leading to study termination, serious TEAEs, and TEAEs resulting in death will be listed separately. 
All reports of suicidal ideation or statements, self-injurious behaviors, and suicidality will be summarized at 
each time point.  In addition the proportion of these that represent a significant change in frequency or 
severity from the child’s baseline level of functioning as determined by the caregiver will be summarized. In 
addition, the proportion of these events that the steering committee judges represent stereotypic behaviors 
will be summarized.  For each participant with a report of potential suicidality, the sequence of their reports 
for each study visit will be provided.   
No formal hypothesis-testing analysis of TEAEs or suicidality incidence rates will be performed. 
Vital Signs 
Vital signs (systolic and diastolic blood pressure, pulse, and body temperature) will be measured monthly at 
every study visit.  
Blood pressure and pulse will be measured with the participant as calm as possible and sitting. 
Vital sign measurements will be summarized at each time point for the absolute value and for changes from 
baseline by treatment group and over all participants.  Alarm values will be determined prior to unblinding 
and the percent of participants with values in the alarm range will be summarized at each time point by 
treatment group.  
All vital signs data will be available upon request.  
Weight and Body Mass Index 
Weight and Height are measured monthly at every study visit. Weight and BMI will be summarized at each 

Page 21 of 179
time point for the absolute value and for changes from baseline by treatment group and over all 
participants. All weight and BMI data will be available upon request.  
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 
Blood and urine samples for safety laboratory assessments will be collected at screening, month 6, and 
month 12.  To the extent possible, blood samples will be obtained at approximately the same time of day 
and under non-fasting conditions.  All safety labs except prolactin will be processed by LabCorp.   
Laboratory test results, including prolactin results, will be summarized by treatment and over all participants 
at each time point for the absolute value itself and for changes from baseline.  We will also summarize the 
percent of participants in each treatment group with values within alarm ranges, which will be defined prior 
to breaking the blind.  The mean value and SD  of the labs within alarm ranges will be summarized at each 
time point.  All measurements of the out of range value for each participant with an out of range value will 
be listed.  
12-lead Electrocardiogram (ECG)
A 12-lead ECG will be performed at screening, month 6, and month 12.  To the extent possible,  ECGs will be 
performed after the participant has rested quietly for at least 5 minutes in the supine position. QT intervals 
will be automatically corrected by the ECG machine using Bazett’s formula (QTcB) and Fridericia’s formula 
(QTcF).  It will be noted if the participant was agitated or in a nonsupine position. 
Interval data will be summarized at each time point for the absolute value and for changes from baseline by 
treatment group and over all participants. Intervals that are outside of alarm ranges will be summarized.  
Overall assessment of ECG as normal or abnormal will also be summarized by treatment group using counts 
and percentage.  
Safety Data Reported to the DSMB 

Safety data will be submitted to the independent DSMB three times per year. The following
summaries will be provided for review at each meeting:

Summary table of participant disposition including number screened, number randomized, number
completed, percent early terminated, and reasons for early termination.

Listing of all participants terminating the study early with duration of participation in the study and
duration of treatment and reason for study discontinuation.

Listing of all serious TEAEs.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by severity.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by relationship to study drug.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs leading to study early
termination.

Listing of all TEAEs leading to study early termination.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by preferred term.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by category.

Listing of all severe TEAEs.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with of suicidal ideation or vocalizations,
self-injurious behaviors and suicide attempts by treatment group.

Page 22 of 179

Listing of all suicidal ideation or vocalizations, self-injurious behaviors and suicide attempts by
treatment group.

Summary of the proportion of suicidal ideation or vocalizations, self-injurious behaviors and suicide
attempts by treatment group that are judged to be more severe than the participant’s baseline level
of such behaviors.

Additional summaries of other study data, including efficacy data, may be provided if requested by
the DSMB.
SAMPLE SIZE AND STATISTICAL POWER CONSIDERATION 
We will use a mixed longitudinal model for our primary analyses (see Efficacy Analyses section).  Since some 
aspects of the model such as covariance structure are unknown, we performed power and sample size 
calculations using a more conservative, simplified model corresponding to a two-group t-test on change 
scores.  We plan to analyze two co-primary outcomes measured as change from baseline to month 6: the 
ABC-SW, which will provide consistency with pivotal trials of other medications hypothesized to improve 
ASD social symptoms, and the combined social score, which integrates ABC-SW symptoms with the new 
PDDBI-SV in order to fully capture the range of impairments in reciprocal social behaviors observed in ASD.  
We will use an alpha of 0.025 to correct for two co-primary outcomes. SOARS-B is powered to allow 
independent evaluation of oxytocin efficacy in low and high-functioning youth.   
Standard deviations of change scores for the ABC-SW range from ~5 to 9 in several large ASD intervention 
trials (Shea 2004; McCracken 2002; Owen 2009; Marcus 2009, King 2009; Aman 2009).  We consider a 
between groups difference of 5-7 points in ABC-SW change scores to be clinically meaningful.  In our power 
calculations, we use conservative estimates of 9 points for the SD of ABC-SW change and 5 points for 
between group differences in ABC-SW changes (differential improvement on ~1/3 of items).  To achieve 80% 
power with an alpha of 0.025 on the ABC-SW, we will require 71 participants in each treatment group within 
the two strata. Thus, our total required sample to evaluate the ABC-SW separately in low and high-
functioning strata is 284.  We examined change in the combined social score in 30 3-17 year olds with ASD, 
20 treated with aripiprazole and 10 medication-free controls.  The mean baseline value was 33.5 (17.2 SD) 
and the change overall was -10.7 (SD 13.0), with a SD of change in each group of 11.9.  Within each treatment 
group, changes in the combined social score paralleled those in the ABC-SW and PDDBI-SV, but had less 
variability (Sikich, personal data).  We consider a between groups difference in the combined social measure 
changes of 10-12 to be clinically meaningful.  Conservative estimates using a SD of 15 and a between groups 
difference of 10 in the combined social score changes results in a larger effect size for the combined social 
measure than for the ABC-SW.  Consequently, we should have at least 80% power for tests of the combined 
social score.  A sample size of 300 will allow for 5% attrition between randomization and the first post-
randomization visit.  The primary objective considers all participants, resulting in much greater power than 
for analyses in separate strata.  The power of moderator analyses depends on the distribution of participant 
characteristics and variability in methylation and mRNA expression observed, which can’t be estimated 
reliably at this time.   
REFERENCES 
Aman, M. G., C. J. McDougle, et al. (2009). "Medication and Parent Training in Children With Pervasive 
Developmental Disorders and Serious Behavior Problems: Results From a Randomized Clinical Trial." Journal 
of the American Academy of Child &amp; Adolescent Psychiatry 48(12): 1143-1154. 

Page 23 of 179
King, B. H., E. Hollander, et al. (2009). "Lack of Efficacy of Citalopram in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders 
and High Levels of Repetitive Behavior: Citalopram Ineffective in Children With Autism." Arch Gen Psychiatry 
66(6): 583-590. 
Marcus, R., Owen, R., Kamen, K., Manos, G., McQuade, R. D., Carson, W. H., Aman, M. G. (2009) “A Placebo-
Controlled, Fixed-Dose Study of Aripiprazole in Children and Adolescents with Irritability Associated with Autistic 
Disorder.” Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 48(11):1110-1119. 
McCracken, J. T., J. McGough, et al. (2002). "Risperidone in Children with Autism and Serious Behavioral 
Problems." New England Journal of Medicine 347(5): 314-321. 
Owen, R., L. Sikich, et al. (2009). "Aripiprazole in the Treatment of Irritability in Children and Adolescents With 
Autistic Disorder." Pediatrics 124(6): 1533-1540. 
Shea, S., A. Turgay, et al. (2004). "Risperidone in the Treatment of Disruptive Behavioral Symptoms in Children 
With Autistic and Other Pervasive Developmental Disorders." Pediatrics 114(5): e634-e641. 

Page 24 of 179
FINAL STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN FOR PRIMARY ANALYSIS OF SOARS-B TRIAL 
Version 2.0 
Dated: February 19, 2018 

Page 25 of 179
Study of Oxytocin in ASD to improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors  (SOARS-B) 
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN 
A Phase II, Multicenter, Randomized, Double-blind, Flexible Dose, Placebo-
controlled Study of the Efficacy, Tolerability, and Safety of Intranasal Oxytocin in 
Child Adolescent Participants with Autism Spectrum Disorders 
Sponsor: National Institute of Child Health and Human Development 
Version: Draft  2.0 
Date:  02-19-2018 

Page 26 of 179
APPROVALS 
Written by: Jacqueline L. Johnson, DrPH 
Investigator, Data Center, University of North Carolina 
Date 
Modified by: Sheng Luo, Ph.D. & Lilin She, Ph.D. 
Duke Clinical Research Institute 
Date 
Approved by: Linmarie Sikich, M.D. 
Lead Principal Investigator, Duke University 
Date 
Sheng Luo, Ph.D. 
Faculty Reviewing Statistician, Duke Clinical Research 
Institute 
Date 
Christopher McDougle, MD 
Principal Investigator, Massachusetts General Hospital 
Date 
Alex Kolevzon, M.D. 
Principal Investigator, Mount Sinai School of Medicine 
Date 
Soo Jeong Kim, M.D. 
Principal Investigator, Seattle Children’s Hospital 
Research Institute 
Date 
Jeremy Veenstra-Vander Weele, M.D. 
Principal Investigator, Vanderbilt University 
Date 
Simon Gregory, Ph.D. 
Principal Investigator, Genetics Center, Duke 
University 
Date 
Amendment 
The material information contained herein is subject to amendment at any time prior to the breaking 
of the blind. 

Page 27 of 179
Table of Contents 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS 
139 
1.
INTRODUCTION
141 
1.1 
Purpose 
141 
1.2 
Study Objectives 
141 
1.2.1 
Primary Objective 
141 
1.2.2 
Secondary Objectives 
141 
1.2.3 
Exploratory Objective  
141 
1.3 
Study Design 
142 
Figure 1: Schematic of Study Design  
8 
Table 1: Schedule of Visits and Assessments 
9 
2. GENERAL STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
145 
2.1 
Analysis Populations 
145 
2.1.1 
Safety Population 
145 
2.1.2 
Full Analysis Set 
145 
2.1.3 
Per-Protocol Population 
145 
2.2 
General Summarization of Study Data 
145 
2.3 
Sequence of Planned Analyses 
145 
3. PARTICIPANT DISPOSITION ANALYSES
146 
3.1 
General Summaries 
10 
3.2 
Protocol Deviations 
146 
3.3 
Demographics and Baseline Characteristics 
146 
3.4 
Dose and Compliance 
147 
3.5 
Concomitant Medications 
147 
4. EFFICACY ANALYSES
148 
4.1 
Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.1.1 
Primary Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.1.2 
Key Secondary Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.1.3 
Exploratory Efficacy Variables 
148 
4.2 
General Modeling Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 
150 
4.3 
Missing Data Considerations for Efficacy Analyses  
150 
4.4 
Primary Efficacy Analysis 
150 
4.5 
Subgroup Analysis for Primary Efficacy Variables 
151 
4.6 
Addition of Covariates to Primary Efficacy Analysis Model 
151 
4.7 
Analyses of Secondary Efficacy Variables 
152 

Page 28 of 179
4.8 
Analyses of Exploratory Efficacy Variables 
152 
5. SAFETY ANALYSES
152 
5.1 
Treatment Emergent Adverse Events (TEAEs) 
152 
5.2 
Vital Signs 
153 
5.3 
Weight and Body Mass Index 
153 
5.4 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 
154 
5.5 
12-lead Electrocardiogram (ECG)
154 
5.6 
Safety Data Reported to the DSMB 
154 
6. SAMPLE SIZE AND STATISTICAL POWER CONSIDERATION
155 
7. REFERENCES
155 

Page 29 of 179
Abbreviation or term 
Explanation 
ABC 
Aberrant Behavior Checklist 
ABC-SW 
Aberrant Behavior Checklist – Social Withdrawal subscale 
ADI-R 
Autism Diagnostic Interview - Revised 
ADOS-2 
Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (version 2) 
AE 
Adverse Event 
ALT 
Alanine Aminotransferase 
ASD 
Autism Spectrum Disorder 
AST 
Aspartate Aminotransferase 
BMI 
Body Mass Index 
BUN 
Blood Urea Nitrogen 
CASI 
Childhood Anxiety Symptom Inventory 
CGI-I 
Clinician Global Impression - Improvement 
CGI-S 
Clinician Global Impression - Severity 
CI 
Confidence Interval 
cl 
Chloride 
CO2 
Carbon Dioxide 
CSQ 
Caregiver Strain Questionnaire 
DSM-V 
Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition 
DSMB 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
ECG 
Electrocardiogram 
GUID 
Global Unique Identifier 
FAS 
Full Analysis Set Population 
IU 
International Unit 
K 
Potassium 
LS 
Least Squares 
OT 
(intranasal) Oxytocin 
MMRM 
Mixed Model with Repeated Measures 
Na 
Sodium 
NIH 
National Institutes of Health 
PDDBI-SV 
Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory – Screening Version 
PP 
Per-protocol Population 
OXTR 
Human Oxytocin Receptor Gene 
Q1 
First Quartile 
Q3 
Third Quartile 
RMET 
Reading the Mind in the Eyes Test 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SD 
Standard Deviation 
SF 
Sociability Factor, a combined measure derived from the ABC-SW & PDDBI-SV 
SLAES 
Systematic Longitudinal Adverse Events Scale 
SOARS-B 
Study of Oxytocin in ASD to Improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors  
SRS-2 
Social Responsiveness Scale (version 2) 
TEAE 
Treatment-Emergent Adverse Event 
VABS 
Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales 2nd edition

Page 30 of 179
1.
INTRODUCTION
1.1 
PURPOSE 
The purpose of this SAP is to outline the planned analyses to support the completion of the primary manuscript to 
be written for the SOARS-B Study. Other analyses not identified or defined in this SAP may be performed to 
support the clinical trial, and will be described in separate SAPs. Any post-hoc or unplanned analyses performed 
and not identified in this SAP will be documented in the respective manuscript. 
1.2 
STUDY OBJECTIVES 
1.2.1 
PRIMARY OBJECTIVE 

To determine the efficacy of intranasal oxytocin (OT) for the treatment of deficits of reciprocal social
behaviors in child or adolescent participants with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) as measured by
changes in the Aberrant Behavior Checklist- Social Withdrawal Scale (ABC-SW) .
1.2.2 
SECONDARY OBJECTIVES 

To determine the efficacy of OT as measured by changes in ABC-SW scores as a function of baseline
plasma oxytocin levels, age and functional level and the interaction of each with treatment, and with
treatment and week.

To determine the safety and tolerability of OT in participants with ASD as measured by incidence of
treatment emergent adverse events (TEAEs) and abnormal laboratory values, tolerability of OT dose, and
time to early termination.

To determine the efficacy of OT as measured by changes in the sociability factor (SF), a combined
measure formed from 13 items of the ABC-SW and the Pervasive Development Disorders Behavior
Inventory –Screening Version (PDDBI-SV).

To determine the efficacy of OT as measured by changes in ABC-SW scores in low-functioning and high-
functioning strata separately.

To determine the efficacy of OT as measured by changes in Social Responsiveness Scale Version 2
(SRS-2) Social Motivation scores and Stanford Binet-5 Abbreviated IQ standard scores.
1.2.3 
EXPLORATORY OBJECTIVES 

To determine the efficacy of OT on other clinical assessments  including the subscales of the ABC, SRS,
Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scale 2nd edition (VABS), and Caregiver Strain Questionnaire, the PDDBI-
SV; the Clinical Global Impressions Severity and Improvement scores  and, in the high functioning
participants only, the Reading the Mind in the Eyes Test (RMET).
1.3 
STUDY DESIGN 
This is a multicenter, randomized, double-blind, stratified, flexible dose, placebo-controlled study designed to 
evaluate OT in participants with ASD.  OT will be given as an intranasal preparation with two different 

Page 31 of 179
concentrations of 8 IU per insufflation or 24 IU per insufflation.  Oxytocin will be administered daily, in single 
doses up to 40 IU or divided doses in the morning and early afternoon as described in the protocol.  Total daily 
dose is flexible, between 8 IU and 80 IU per day.   
Participants who successfully complete screening and baseline assessments and are deemed eligible will be 
randomized to OT or placebo treatment in a 1:1 ratio, stratified by age group (3-6, 7-11, 12-17) and functioning 
(low, high), for a total of 6 strata. Randomization will not be stratified by center, as it was felt that additional 
stratification by center would lead to too many strata, a loss of degrees of freedom, and the potential for a grossly 
unequal randomization to treatments. 
A schematic representation of the study design is shown in Figure 1. After screening and randomization at week 0 
(W0), participants enter a double-blind treatment period of 24 weeks (W24), followed by open-label treatment with 
OT for 24 weeks, termination of OT at the end of  week 48 (W48), and a week 53-55 (W53-55) or week 72 OFF 
treatment  follow-up .  Although the study design requires patient follow-up from week 0 to week 53-55, this SAP 
focuses on data analyses for the double-blind treatment period (week 0 to week 24). 
Efficacy, safety, and tolerability are measured every four weeks throughout the treatment period. Participants who 
terminate early are asked to provide safety data through the remainder of the study. The schedule of 
assessments is provided in Table 1.  
Figure 2: 
Schematic Representation of the Study Design 

Page 32 of 179
Table 1: Schedule of Assessments 
6.0 Schedule of Events 
Scrn 
Double Blind Treatment 
Open-label Treatment 
FU 
t-'IOCe(lJre 
vvu 
VVL 
VV4 
vvo 
VVIL 
vv 10 VVLJJ 
IWL4/I 
VVLO 
\{I{ 
VV40 
lN';jj..tt) 
ƺ2 
Al.) 
:-,1;-o-11rw1 t:llrlel/lVl.111€11 
LJSI\/I.V Ched<IISt 
II IUUSIU Vt:.Xl USICO 
I 
ICS 
t-aTIIV ,v... nx u'ln 1-arrn 
t<au:rrnzatoo KllTTl 
WU ACIUISIOOll ƻLi K9COITI 
u:nMOOS 
vrraI::,QJS 
·;:,vu HIStav ISi 1-1r:-.1 
AdVerse l::tteos (SLAl::::SISUICIClallty) 
Full nivsical Exan (NIH Form) 
H• ;r-HIU111C81 l"'fl\l'-",... r-Xrl!11 
IVl901C81 HISIDIV (NIH l-0 m) 
t., ... ::;am r 
Vf'o UlclUe {l,llnlOcll cnJ LOOI{] I 
.-i1I:1H1 .::>Kl.11S lflH'rtr 
-:;-,.... Ƽ ƽ 181 I nerooteS 
L.al:Joratay 
HI; 
Rrnale l-<eOIOOlƾ Status 
unrei::serun 1-'Teu 1c1ncy 
=•etvia:...-
SITTpe 
IVP-IO\Jl81KIJ •••r.-r•l!P-
ƿ, ǀǁ .. ,dV OXVlOCfl 
vvr• )I(•• SP-Jc>1mn 
Pclent QuestiaTiaies 
lJlǂKI(lcllrel,111£.-.wH t"UIJI 
;::,ocial UDool1Lllrty Llu=uu 11e1re 
r'O.., 
PCffihSV 
l.A.':>l-0 
·""""""'=Strain 
Vlrlelcf10-II l::SUl\leY 1-0ITTI) 
SRS-2 
Strieo: unneced CluastiaTiaires 
t(ttt10u,vlll!uInc:ǃ ,...., 
.., or soaai tmcoon 
Medication 
VXVlOCfl P£JTI111Stratlon lnstrucbals' 
SIǄ t'"cle!ll I I>SHǅIH-!I 
KISKSHarllJlJI 
1Vtll.llC8UU I UJJǆ1811Ce 
OlNlocil Dosna Loo (staff) 
IVl9CIIC8tJon UlafV I.JI= = 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
-
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X -
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
0-CGI-S only at baseline, CGI-1 and CGI-S at most other time points (office visits)
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X' 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
I-Required at screening but can be done at any time during the course of the study at physician discretion. Must have a negative pregnancy test within 
two weeks of baseline.2-Safety labs to include: glucose (random), CO2, Cl, K, Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT, full urinalysis, urine pregnancy in 
pubertal girls. Screening safety labs must be repeated if more than 12 months between screening and baseline. 
3- Assessment will be obtained only in participants who have fluent phrase speech & can define basic feelings and friendship. 
4- Completed each time the participant retums study medication 
5- The appropriate SOARS-B Parent Dose Sheet should be given at each time dose changes to parents 
6-Stanford Binet or Mullen may be completed at physician discretion 
7- At physician discretion 
*Must be given at baseline, but also can be given at any other time during the course of the study at study staff discretion 
X 
X 
X 
**Optional redraw of mRNA, plasma/salivary oxytocin, and methylation at baseline for those who may have had a lengthy time between screening and 
baseline (not safety labs). Procedures for visits are allowed to be completed on separate days, however, subjects may not be dispensed open label 
medication until all week 24 procedures are completed 

Page 33 of 179
2.GENERAL STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS
2.1 Analysis Populations 
In all populations, participants will be analysed in the treatment group into which they were originally 
randomized. Measurements from participants excluded from the pre-defined analysis populations or extra 
measurements (such as unscheduled or repeat assessments) will not be included in summary tables or 
figures unless specified otherwise.  
2.1.1. 
Safety Population 
The safety population will include all participants who receive at least 1 day of study drug. The safety 
population will be used for all tabulations of  safety variables, unless otherwise specified in the SAP text or 
the table shell. 
2.1.2. 
Full Analysis Set 
The full analysis set (FAS) will consist of all evaluable participants, defined as all randomized participants 
who receive at least 1 day of study drug and have a baseline assessment on the ABC-SW and  at least 
1 primary efficacy assessment on the ABC-SW after administration of study drug. The FAS will be used for all 
tabulation of demographics and baseline characteristics, and the primary efficacy population and used in 
efficacy analyses.   
2.1.3. 
Per-Protocol Population 
The per-protocol (PP) population is defined as a subset of FAS who complete the full 24 weeks of double 
blind treatment with study drug (including those who stayed on the study drug for at least 22 weeks with 
80% treatment compliance) and all assessments of the ABC-SW at baseline, Weeks 4, 8, 12, 16, 20 and 24. 
The per-protocol population will be used only for supportive analyses of the primary efficacy endpoint. 
2.2 General Summarization of Study Data 
Unless otherwise specified, continuous variables will be summarized with descriptive statistics including n, 
mean, standard deviation (SD), median, first quartile (Q1) and third quartile (Q3) and minimum and 
maximum values. Categorical variables will be reported as number and percentage of participants in each 
category.  Least squares (LS) means, standard errors, estimates of contrasts with 95% confidence intervals 
(CI), and p-values will be reported as appropriate.  
All other statistical tests and confidence intervals will be 2-sided, unadjusted for multiplicity, and tested at α 
= 0.05, except those explicitly stated to be otherwise.  
All analyses and summaries will be produced using SAS® version 9.3 (or higher). 
2.3 Sequence of Planned Analyses 
All analyses described in this SAP will be performed after data collection has concluded, the database 
locked, and the treatment blind has been broken. There will be no interim analyses of study data except for 
the summaries provided to the Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB).  

Page 34 of 179
An independent DSMB will meet twice yearly to review safety information for the study. The study’s DSMB 
statistician will prepare summaries of data as described in the Safety Analyses section, separating them into 
treatment group A and treatment group B and will distribute them only to the members of the DSMB.    No 
study team member other than the DSMB statistician will see the summaries provided to the DSMB. 
Analyses for the primary manuscript as described in this SAP will focus on analyzing data during the 24-week 
double-blinded treatment period.  Analyses on open-label treatment period (24-48 weeks) and the off-
treatment follow-up period (>48 weeks) will be specified in separate analysis plans.  
When performing analyses for the primary efficacy variable (ABC-SW), additional models with baseline 
serum oxytocin, age, and functionality as covariate will be examined and tested prior to analyzing data on 
the secondary efficacy variables.    
2.4 Summary of Data Sources 
Data collected at each center by investigators are entered into the ReDCAP database, and 
parents/guardians’ responses on various measurements are entered into the Qualtrics database. The RMET 
data are entered into the Qualtrex participant database.  Both RedCAP data and Qualtrics data are used for 
analysis.  
3.
PARTICIPANT DISPOSITION ANALYSES
3.1 General Summaries 
Disposition will be summarized for all enrolled participants. Summaries will include counts of: 

Participants who were enrolled

Participants who were enrolled but not randomized

Participants who were randomized

Participants who were randomized but did not take study drug

Participants who were in the safety population

Participants who were in the FAS

Participants who were in the PP population

Participants who completed the double blind portion of the study

Participants who terminated the study early

Participants with the each potential primary reason for early termination (i.e. adverse effect,
inconvenience, administrative, lack of efficacy, noncompliance, lost to contact)
All summaries will be presented by treatment group and over all participants. A listing of disposition will be 
provided for all participants who did not complete the double blind portion of the study. 
3.2 Protocol Deviations 
Protocol deviations will be recorded by each site as they occur and/or captured during monitoring visits. All 
protocol deviation data will be available upon request.  

Page 35 of 179
3.3 Demographics and Baseline Characteristics 
Demographics and baseline characteristics will be summarized by treatment group and over all participants 
for the FAS population. Demographic characteristics will include sex, age, race, and ethnicity. Clinical 
characteristics will include Autism Diagnostic Observation Scale (ADOS) severity scores.  Baseline efficacy 
variables (see Efficacy Analyses section for list), vital signs, and female reproductive status will also be 
summarized. 
Age (months) will be calculated as the number of months between date of birth and date of baseline visit. . 
3.4 Dose and Compliance 
All dosing, exposure, and compliance information will be summarized by treatment group and over all 
participants for the FAS population.  
Summaries of dose will include the percent of participants not able to tolerate the target dose, defined as 
those who were not at 48 IU TDD or higher at week 24, mean 24 week dose, and mean maximal dose. 
Medication compliance will be evaluated each time the participant returns study medication at week 4, 8, 
16, 20 and 24 using the formula below. The average of non-missing percent compliance per subject will be 
used to report mean treatment compliance for each treatment group. 
3.5 Concomitant Medications 
Concomitant medications will be categorized into the following groups and subgroups: Neurobehavioral 
medications: alpha adrenergic agonists, anti-anxiety medications, anti-cholinergics, anticonvulsants/mood 
stabilizers, antidepressants, antipsychotics, stimulants, other attention deficit hyperactivity disorder 
medications and sleep aids and Other medications: medications for gastrointestinal disorders, anti-infection 
medications, cough/allergy/asthma medications, heart medications, inhalation steroids, nutritional 
supplements, systemic steroids, and other. 
Medications stopped prior to the first date of study drug dosing will be considered prior medications. We do 
not plan to summarize these medications.  Medications taken after the first date of study drug dosing will be 
considered concomitant medications.  
Concomitant medications for each study treatment group will be summarized according to their 
membership in the groups noted above. Upon request, a summary of each specific medication name will be 
provided.   

Page 36 of 179
In summaries, if a participant has taken a concomitant medication more than once, the participant will be 
counted only once in the total.   
4.
EFFICACY ANALYSES
The FAS will be used as the analysis population for all efficacy analyses unless otherwise specified. 
4.1 Efficacy Variables 
Detailed description of all efficacy variables is given in the protocol. All efficacy variables will be analyzed as 
change from baseline, except where noted. 
4.1.1 
Primary Efficacy Variable 
The ABC-SW score will be analyzed as the primary endpoint. 
4.1.2 
Secondary Efficacy Variables 
The following variables will be analyzed as secondary endpoints: 
4.1.3 
•
Sociability Factor
•
SRS-2 social motivation subscale score
•
Stanford Binet-5 Abbreviated IQ (ABIQ)
Exploratory Efficacy Variables
•
Clinical Global Impression - Severity (CGI-S)
•
Clinical Global Impression - Improvement (CGI-I)
•
CGI-I will be analyzed as an endpoint mean instead of change from baseline.
•
ABC subscales for irritability, stereotypy, hyperactivity, and inappropriate speech
•
PDDBI-SV total score
•
Caregiver strain questionnaire (CSQ) and its subscales
•
Vineland 2 adaptive behavior composite score, and domain scores for daily living skills,
communication and socialization. Motor skills will not be analyzed since it is only valid in young
children
•
Reading the Mind in the Eyes test (only in individuals with fluent speech and understanding of
basic emotions)
4.2 General Modelling Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 
Unless otherwise specified, the primary model is mixed model with repeated measures (MMRM), with 
change from baseline to each post-baseline timepoint for a response variable, functioning (low versus high) 
as the stratification variable, center as a blocking factor, treatment (oxytocin versus placebo), week as a 
continuous variable, treatment and week interaction, and baseline value as a covariate, with random 
coefficients for the intercept and week, with an unstructured structure among the random coefficients.  We 
will investigate the interaction of treatment, week, and functioning and adopt the most parsimonious model 
as the final model.  Distributional assumptions will be examined using residuals.  These mixed models could 
fail to converge or encounter difficulties based on their use of asymptotics.  If they do, we will attempt to 

Page 37 of 179
simplify the models in order to eliminate the problems, and if necessary, move to analyses that assume 
compound symmetry, but use a Huynh-Feldt correction if compound symmetry fails.  
4.3 Missing Data Considerations for Efficacy Analyses 
If there is <5% of subjects with covariate data points missing, then no additional sensitivity analyses will be 
performed. If there are >=5% of subjects with missing covariate data, we will perform multiple imputation 
(MI). We will use the full conditional specification method (FCS) to impute missing data. If data have a 
monotone missing pattern, we will use linear regression to impute continuous variables, logistic regression 
to impute binary/ordinal variables, and the discriminant function to impute nominal variables. We will check 
normality of continuous variables. If very asymmetric, variables will be transformed. We will create 20 
imputed datasets including all variables intended to be used in subsequent statistical analysis as a minimum.  
We will analyze the complete datasets using standard statistical analyses. Finally, the results from each 
model will be combined to produce inferential results.  
If there is <5% of subjects with efficacy outcome data points missing, this will be considered a negligible 
amount and no additional sensitivity analyses will be performed. If there are >=5% of subjects with missing 
outcome data, the Mixed-Effect Model Repeated Measure (MMRM) approach is able to handle moderate 
amounts of missing data provided they are missing at random. However, it is difficult to rule out the 
possibility that at least some of the missing data are missing not at random (MNAR). We will apply a pattern-
mixture approach to investigate the MNAR pattern. Specifically, we will define the missed visit indicator (1 if 
missing and 0 if observed). We fit a pattern-mixture MMRM model with this defined missed visit indicator. 
The coefficient of the missed visit indicator (e.g., gamma) is estimated and tested for statistical significance. 
If this coefficient is not statistically different from zero, missing at random assumption is valid. Otherwise, 
the missing is not at random. If the latter, we conduct an extensive sensitivity analysis by pre-specifying the 
value of gamma, which plays the role of sensitivity parameter to the MAR assumption. We define a grid in a 
plausible range of sensitivity parameter. For each pre-specified value, we investigate the treatment effect. 
When the pre-specified value is zero, the analysis assumes MAR. 
4.4 Primary Efficacy Analysis 
The primary efficacy response variable will be tested at the level of α = 0.05.  Longitudinal models as 
described in General Modeling Considerations will be fit with dependent variable of change from baseline to 
each post-baseline timepoint (weeks) up to week 24. The primary hypothesis test of interest will be a test of 
treatment effect at week 24.  
As a sensitivity analysis, the primary efficacy analysis will also be conducted in the per-protocol population. 
4.5 Subgroup Analysis for Primary Efficacy Variable 
As a secondary analysis for the primary efficacy variable, the interaction of treatment-by-functionality-by-
week will be examined.  In addition, the primary efficacy variable will be analyzed within the low and high 
functioning stratum separately. 
4.6 Addition of Covariates to Primary Efficacy Analysis Model 
As additional secondary analyses for the primary efficacy variable, the following groups of covariates will be 
added separately to the model in the primary efficacy analysis and tested for their significance: 

Page 38 of 179
Baseline age, treatment-by-age interaction, treatment-by-age-by-week interaction.  
Baseline serum oxytocin, treatment-by-oxytocin interaction, treatment-by-oxytocin-by-week interaction. 
In both cases, the primary test will be the significance of treatment-by-variable-by-week interaction, and if 
not significant, the treatment-by-variable interaction.  
4.7 Analyses of Key Secondary Efficacy Variables 
The key secondary efficacy variables will be tested using the same model as in the primary efficacy analysis. 
For variables that were only measured at baseline and Week 24 (or the latest visit during the randomized 
treatment period), the change scores will be reported, and treatment group differences will be tested using 
two sample t-test.   
4.8 Analyses of Exploratory Efficacy Variables 
Exploratory efficacy variables will be analyzed the same way as the primary and secondary efficacy variables. 
5.
SAFETY ANALYSES
Safety and tolerability will be evaluated based on the incidence of TEAEs, incidence of elicited reports of 
suicidal ideation or statements, self-injurious behaviors, and suicidality, incidence of AEs leading to 
termination and changes in vital signs, modified BMI z-score , ECG findings and laboratory measurements, 
and incidence of pre-specified abnormal laboratory test results. All safety data will be presented using the 
safety population.  
5.1 Treatment Emergent Adverse Events (TEAEs) and Potential Suicidality 
Adverse events will be monitored continuously from the time a participant signs the informed consent 
document until the end of double-blind randomized treatment period (week 24).  Similarly, reports of 
suicidal ideation or statements, self-injurious behaviors, and suicidality elicited from participants who are 
able to speak and understand the concepts and from all caregivers will be elicited at every contact and 
followed continuously during the double-blind treatment. 
Medical and behavioral conditions that are present at screening and/or baseline will only be considered 
treatment emergent adverse events if their intensity increases significantly (i.e. numeric rating of intensity is 
increased) after screening and/or baseline.   
TEAEs will be coded using the Systematic Longitudinal Adverse Event Scale (SLAES) mapping to MedDRA 
terms and MedDRA terms for TEAEs not mapped in the SLAES. Additional details about this scale are given in 
the protocol. 
Intensity of adverse events will be categorized as mild, moderate, severe, life-threatening, or resulting in 
death. Relationship to treatment will be categorized as unknown or not applicable relationship, unrelated, 
possibly related, likely related, or certainly related. For FDA reporting, all possibly related, likely related and 
certainly related TEAEs will be considered related.  

Page 39 of 179
Overall summary of TEAEs, such as all TEAEs, TEAEs by intensity and TEAEs by relationship to treatment, will 
be summarized by category and preferred term for each treatment group and over all participants.  TEAEs 
leading to participant withdrawal from the study, and TEAEs resulting in death will be listed separately. 
Serious adverse events (SAE), defined using generally accepted criteria as stated in the protocol, will be 
listed and summarized by treatment group and participant experiencing at least one SAE.  Relationship to 
treatment and outcome will be included in each listing. 
All reports of suicidal ideation or statements, self-injurious behaviors, and suicidality will be listed by 
participant and treatment group.    
No formal hypothesis-testing analysis of TEAEs or suicidality incidence rates will be performed. 
5.2 Vital Signs 
Vital sign measurements will be summarized at each time point for the absolute value and for changes from 
baseline by treatment group.  Alarm values will be determined prior to unblinding and the percent of 
participants with values in the alarm range will be summarized at each time point by treatment group.  
All vital signs data will be available upon request. 
5.3 Weight and Body Mass Index 
Weight and Height are measured at every study visit. These values will be used to determine the BMI and 
modified BMI z score at each time point.  Changes in modified BMI z-score from baseline to Week 24 by 
treatment group will be summarized. All BMI data will be available upon request.  
5.4 Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 
Blood and urine samples for safety laboratory assessments will be collected at screening, and week 24.  To 
the extent possible, blood samples will be obtained at approximately the same time of day and under non-
fasting conditions.  All safety labs will be processed by LabCorp.   
Laboratory test results, including prolactin results, will be summarized by treatment at baseline and for 
changes from baseline.  We will also summarize the percent of participants in each treatment group with 
values within alarm ranges, which will be defined prior to breaking the blind.  The mean value and SD of the 
labs within alarm ranges will be summarized at each time point.  All measurements within alarm ranges for 
each affected participant will be listed.  
5.5 12-lead Electrocardiogram (ECG) 
A 12-lead ECG will be performed at screening, and week 24.  
Interval data will be summarized at baseline and week 24 for the absolute value and for changes from 
baseline by treatment group. Intervals that are within alarm ranges will be summarized and listed by 
participant.  Overall assessment of ECG as normal or abnormal will also be summarized by treatment group 
using counts and percentages.  

Page 40 of 179
5.6 Safety Data Reported to the DSMB 
Safety data will be submitted to the independent DSMB twice per year. The following summaries will be 
provided for review at each meeting, separated by treatment group: 

Summary table of participant disposition including number screened, number randomized, number
completed, percent early terminated, and reasons for early termination.

Listing of all participants terminating the study early with duration of treatment and reason for
study discontinuation.

Listing of all SAEs.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by severity.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by relationship to study drug.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with specific TEAEs leading to participant
early withdrawal. .

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with TEAEs by system organ class and
preferred term by treatment group.

Listing of all severe TEAEs.

Summary table of the number and percent of participants with suicidal ideation or vocalizations,
self-injurious behaviors and suicide attempts by treatment group.

Listing of all suicidal ideation or vocalizations, self-injurious behaviors and suicide attempts by
treatment group.

Summary of the proportion of suicidal ideation or vocalizations, self-injurious behaviors and suicide
attempts by treatment group that are judged to be more severe than the participant’s baseline level
of such behaviors.
Additional summaries of other study data, including efficacy data, may be provided if requested by the 
DSMB.  
6.
SAMPLE SIZE AND STATISTICAL POWER CONSIDERATION
We will use a mixed longitudinal model for our primary analyses (see Efficacy Analyses section).  Since some 
aspects of the model such as covariance structure are unknown, we performed power and sample size 
calculations using a more conservative, simplified model corresponding to a two-group t-test on change 
scores.    SOARS-B is powered to allow independent evaluation of oxytocin efficacy in low and high-
functioning youth.   
Standard deviations of change scores for the ABC-SW range from ~5 to 9 in several large ASD intervention 
trials (Shea 2004; McCracken 2002; Owen 2009; Marcus 2009, King 2009; Aman 2009).  We consider a 
between groups difference of 5-7 points in ABC-SW change scores to be clinically meaningful.  In our power 
calculations, we use conservative estimates of 9 points for the SD of ABC-SW change and 5 points for 
between group differences in ABC-SW changes (differential improvement on ~1/3 of items).  To achieve 90% 
power with an alpha of 0.05 on the ABC-SW, we will require 71 participants in each treatment group within 
the two strata. Thus, our total required sample to evaluate the ABC-SW separately in low and high-
functioning strata is 284.  A sample size of 300 will allow for 5% attrition between randomization and the 
first post-randomization visit.  On 3/28/2016, the study team reduced the attrition rate to 1% based on 
attrition observed in the study, which gives a final sample size of 290. The primary objective considers all 
participants, resulting in much greater power than for analyses in separate strata.   

Page 41 of 179
7.
REFERENCES
Aman, M. G., C. J. McDougle, et al. (2009). "Medication and Parent Training in Children With Pervasive 
Developmental Disorders and Serious Behavior Problems: Results From a Randomized Clinical Trial." 
Journal of the American Academy of Child &amp; Adolescent Psychiatry 48(12): 1143-1154. 
King, B. H., E. Hollander, et al. (2009). "Lack of Efficacy of Citalopram in Children With Autism Spectrum 
Disorders and High Levels of Repetitive Behavior: Citalopram Ineffective in Children With Autism." Arch 
Gen Psychiatry 66(6): 583-590. 
Marcus, R., Owen, R., Kamen, K., Manos, G., McQuade, R. D., Carson, W. H., Aman, M. G. (2009) “A Placebo-
Controlled, Fixed-Dose Study of Aripiprazole in Children and Adolescents with Irritability Associated with 
Autistic Disorder.” Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 48(11):1110-
1119. 
McCracken, J. T., J. McGough, et al. (2002). "Risperidone in Children with Autism and Serious Behavioral 
Problems." New England Journal of Medicine 347(5): 314-321. 
Owen, R., L. Sikich, et al. (2009). "Aripiprazole in the Treatment of Irritability in Children and Adolescents 
With Autistic Disorder." Pediatrics 124(6): 1533-1540. 
Shea, S., A. Turgay, et al. (2004). "Risperidone in the Treatment of Disruptive Behavioral Symptoms in 
Children With Autistic and Other Pervasive Developmental Disorders." Pediatrics 114(5): e634-e641. 

Duke Clinical Research Institute 
Clinical Trials Statistics 
Form Number: ST-F2-005 
I 
Version: 4.0 
I 
Effective Date: 
Form Title: Agreement to Planned Analyses 
Agreement to Planned Analyses 
Trial: SOARS B 
Analysis Plan Date: 2/19/2018 
Purpose of analysis plan(s): □ DMC/Interim analysis or safety report 
D Substudy analysis 
N Final (main trial) analysis 
D Confirmatory analysis 
D Operational reporting 
D Central Statistical Surveillance 
D Outcomes registry analysis 
Page 1 of 1 
31 Jan 2017 
D Addendum to analysis plan version Click here to enter text. 
D Other: Click here to enter text. 
In signing this document, I am confirming that I have reviewed and approve the analysis plan(s) 
referenced above. 
Faculty/Reviewing B · ostatistician 
Printed name: 
Sheng Luo 
Principal Investigator (signature): 
Printed name: 
Linmarie Sikich 
Sponsor Representative (signature): 
Printed name: 
Faculty/Reviewing Biostatistician' s Title: 
Associate Professor of Biostatistics & 
Bioinformatics, Duke Clinical Research Institute 
Date: 
Principal Investigator's Title and Affiliation: 
Associate Professor, Department of Psychiatry and 
Behavioral Sciences; Associate Director, Duke 
Center for Autism and Brain Development 
Date: 
Sponsor Representative's Title and Institution: 
Date: 
Sponsor approval required whenever sponsor requests to review the analysis plan. 
ST-F2-005, V 4.0, Effective 31 Jan 2017 
21 Feb 2018

Page 42 of 179
Summary of Changes to SAP for SOARS-B Primary Analysis 

Page 43 of 179
High Level Summary of Changes in the SAP for the SOARS-B Study Primary Analysis 
Changes from version dated 3-21-2013 to final version 2.0 dated 2-19-2018 
1.
Added new statistical analysis team due to Dr. Hamer’s death and Dr. Johnson’s departure from academia.
The new team consists of Drs. Sheng Luo and Lilin She, who modified the final version of the consent in
collaboration with lead PI Dr. Sikich.
2.
Changes in Treatment Site Principal Investigators
3.
Limited SAP to analysis to primary manuscript, due to DCRI SOP’s and financial limitations. Noted additional
SAPs would be written for subsequent analyses.  This included removal of all analyses involving genetic
measures, salivary oxytocin levels, serotonin levels, changes in plasma oxytocin after baseline, concurrent
behavioral and pharmacological interventions, the Child and Adolescent Symptom Index (CASI) and novel
assessments including self-reported social functioning, social opportunities  Section 4.9 of original SAP was
deleted.
4.
Removed the sociability factor (SF) as a primary outcome.  The SF is also referred to as combined measure of
ABC-SW and PDD-BI Screening version.  The SF was removed due to emerging evidence that it was not more
sensitive to changes than either measure alone.
5.
Added specification of covariates in the model including baseline plasma oxytocin levels. Note that there is
an error in final SAP in that predefined age group was used in these analyses rather than an actual age in
months.
6.
Removed inclusion of cognitive functioning assessed by the Mullen instead focusing only on cognitive
functioning assessed by the Stanford Binet 5th edition due to the small number of participants completing
Mullen and issues converting to a common measurement unit.
7.
Deleted secondary analysis of Vineland measures.
8.
Updated study design figure and schedule of procedures to reflect changes to visit schedule (note there is an
error in the Figure such that Week 12 visit is missing).
9.
Eliminated examination of baseline percent OXTR gene methylation as a covariate in analyses due to
challenges in quantification of percent methylation given multiple possible methylation sites and ongoing
challenges with assessing methylation of the OXTR gene.
10. Added that the full analysis set will only include participants who have both a baseline and post-baseline
ABC-SW, rather than just a post-baseline assessment of the primary outcome.  (This reflects deletion of SF as
a primary outcome measure.)
11. Specified that the demographics and baseline symptom measures will reflect only the full analysis set.
12. Clarified that age will reflect age at time of baseline visit rather than screening since there was often a lag of
several months between screening and baseline for the early participants in the trial due to issues with study
drug.
13. Deleted reporting of psychiatric history.
14. Will no longer adjust for multiplicity
15. Eliminated the following exploratory efficacy measures: Calibrated ADOS severity score, PDD-BI subscales
replacing with PPD-BI screening version.
16. Eliminated Vineland 2 two domain composite score and maladaptive behaviors subscales, as well as
measures listed in item 3.( above) from exploratory efficacy variables.
17. In Section 4.2, eliminated age group as a stratification variable, eliminated evaluation of two kinds of models
instead using a mixed model with repeated measures (MMRM)
18. Specified thresholds for conducting sensitivity analyses for missing data.
19. Provided more detail related to SAS programming for primary analyses.
20. In Section 4.6 of SAP deleted examination of OXTR gene methylation and instead added examination of
baseline serum oxytocin level.
21. Section 4.7 of SAP, removed bonferroni correction using simple two sample t-test instead
22. Error in section 4.8 of final SAP. Exploratory efficacy variables were analyzed in the same way as the key
secondary efficacy analyses.
23. Section 5.1 changed severity of TEAEs to intensity paralleling changes in the SLAES.
24. Section 6, eliminated use of two primary outcomes.

Page 44 of 179
Original SOARS-B Protocol, Version 1.0 
February 7, 2013 

Page 45 of 179 
Study of Oxytocin in Autism to improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors 
(SOARS-B) 
Protocol Version: 1.0 
Sponsored by the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Institute for Child Health and Development 
Under 
Cooperative Agreement 1U01HD073984-01 
Linmarie Sikich, MD ─ Principal Investigator, Project PI 
Associate Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Division of Child Psychiatry 
Alexander Kolevzon, MD – Principal Investigator 
Mount Sinai School of Medicine  
Christopher McDougle, MD – Principal Investigator 
Lurie Center, Massachusetts General Hospital 
Jeremy Veenstra-VanderWeele, MD, PhD – Principal Investigator 
Vanderbilt University 
Bryan King, MD – Principal Investigator 
 Seattle Children’s Hospital Research Institute 
Robert M. Hamer, PhD – Principal Investigator 
The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Department of Psychiatry 
Simon Gregory, PhD – Principal Investigator 
Duke University 
Katerina Tsilou, MD, Scientific Collaborator, NICHD 
Alice Kau, PhD, Program Officer, NICHD 
Cheryl Alderman, BS, CCRP, Project Manager 

Page 46 of 179
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 
This study will be carried out in accordance with Good Clinical Practice (GCP) as required by 
the following (use applicable regulations depending on study location and sponsor 
requirements; samples follow): 

United States (US) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) applicable to clinical studies (45 CFR
Part 46, 21 CFR Part 50, 21 CFR Part 56, and 21 CFR Part 312)

ICH E6; 62 Federal Register 25691 (May 9, 1997)

NIH Clinical Terms of Award
All key personnel (all individuals responsible for the design and conduct of this study) have 
completed Human Subjects Protection Training. 

Page 47 of 179
SIGNATURE PAGE 
The signature below constitutes the approval of this protocol and the attachments, and provides 
the necessary assurances that this trial will be conducted according to all stipulations of the 
protocol, including all statements regarding confidentiality, and according to local legal and 
regulatory requirements and applicable US federal regulations and ICH guidelines. 
*Site Investigator:
 (name) 
Signed: 
Date: 
* The protocol should be signed by the clinical site investigator who is responsible for the day to
day study implementation at his/her specific clinical site; i.e., if Investigational New Drug (IND)
study, the individual who signs the Form FDA 1572.

Page 48 of 179
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Page 
Statement of Compliance .................................................................................................................2 
Signature Page .................................................................................................................................3 
Table of Contents .............................................................................................................................4 
Protocol Summary ...........................................................................................................................6 
Key Roles.........................................................................................................................................7 
1 
Introduction: Background Information and Scientific Rationale............................................9 
1.1 
Background Information 
.............................................................................................9 
1.2 
Rationale 
.....................................................................................................................9 
1.3 
Potential Risks ..........................................................................................................12 
2 
Objectives .............................................................................................................................16 
2.1 
Specific Aims ............................................................................................................16 
2.2 
Study Outcome Measures .........................................................................................16 
2.2.1 Primary Outcome Measures..........................................................................17 
2.2.2 Secondary Outcome Measures......................................................................18 
2.2.3 Additional Exploratory Outcome Measures .................................................18 
3 
Study Design .........................................................................................................................19 
4 
Study Enrollment and Withdrawal........................................................................................20 
4.1 
Subject Inclusion Criteria .........................................................................................20 
4.2 
Subject Exclusion Criteria ........................................................................................20 
4.3 
Rational for Exclusion and Inclusion Criteria ..........................................................20 
4.4 
Strategies for Recruitment and Retention .................................................................21 
4.5 
Treatment Assignment Procedures ...........................................................................20 
4.5.1 Randomization Procedures ...........................................................................22 
4.5.2 Masking Procedures ......................................................................................23 
5 
Study Intervention/Investigational Product ..........................................................................23 
5.1 
Study Product Description ........................................................................................23 
5.1.1 Acquisition ....................................................................................................23 
5.2 
Dosage, Preparation and Administration of Study Intervention/Investigational 
Product ......................................................................................................................23 
5.3 
Accountability Procedures for the Study Intervention/Investigational Product….....24 
5.4 
Assessment of Subject Compliance with Study Intervention/Investigational 
Product ......................................................................................................................24 
5.5 
Concomitant Medications/Treatments .......................................................................24 
6.
Schedule of Events.................................................................................................................25 
6.1 
Screening...………………………………………………………………………….26 

Page 49 of 179
6.2 
Randomized Double-Blind Treatment Phase: Oxytocin or Placebo (6 months, 
Month 0 – Month 6) ..................................................................................................26 
6.3 
Open-Label Treatment Phase....................................................................................30 
6.4 
Follow-Up Phase.......................................................................................................34 
6.5 
Early Termination Visit ............................................................................................35 
6.6 
Unscheduled Visit .....................................................................................................35 
7 
Study Procedures/Evaluations ...............................................................................................35 
7.1 
Study Evaluations .....................................................................................................35 
7.2 
Laboratory Evaluations .............................................................................................38 
7.2.1 Clinical Laboratory Evaluations ....................................................................38 
7.2.2 Duke Genetics (Optional) ..............................................................................39 
7.2.3 NIMH Genetic Repository (Optional) ...........................................................39 
8 
Assessment of Safety .............................................................................................................39 
8.1 
Adverse Events .........................................................................................................39 
8.2 
Serious Adverse Events ............................................................................................40 
8.3 
Unanticipated Problems ............................................................................................41 
8.4 
Reporting Procedures: Serious Adverse Events .......................................................41 
8.5 
Stopping Procedures .................................................................................................42 
8.6 
Safety Oversight .......................................................................................................42 
8.6.1 Independent Medical Monitor........................................................................42 
8.6.2 Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB)….....................................................42 
9 
Clinical Monitoring................................................................................................................43 
9.1 
Site Monitoring Plan .................................................................................................43 
10 
Statistical Considerations......................................................................................................43 
10.1 
Statistical Analysis ....................................................................................................43 
10.2 
Sample Size Considerations......................................................................................44 
11 
Subject Confidentiality .........................................................................................................45 
12 
Literature References ............................................................................................................46 

Page 50 of 179
PROTOCOL SUMMARY 
Title: 
Study of Oxytocin in Autism to improve Reciprocal Social 
Behaviors 
Synopsis: 
We propose to conduct this Phase 2 study to evaluate oxytocin as a 
supplemental treatment for improving social difficulties in 
individuals with autism. 
Objectives: 
We are proposing to randomly assign 300 individuals between the 
ages of 3 -17 years old with an autism spectrum disorder to 6 
months of treatment with oxytocin or a matched placebo across five 
sites in the United States. Subsequently all participants will receive 
open label oxytocin for 6 additional months.  Post- treatment 
assessments will be done 6 months after treatment stops. We will 
also determine OXTR methylation status at baseline, 2 months, and 
end of treatment to explore potential relationships with baseline 
severity of social problems and/or treatment response. 
Population: 
300 subjects, male or female, ages 3-17 with an autism spectrum 
disorder 
Phase: 
II 
Number of Sites: 
5 treatment sites 
Description of Agent or 
Intervention: 
Oxytocin, intranasal (8IU to 80IU daily) 

Page 51 of 179
Key Roles 
Individuals: 
Overall Principal Investigator: 
Linmarie Sikich, MD 
Associate Professor 
Director, ASPIRE Research Program 
Department of Psychiatry 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
Medical Monitor: Evdokia Anagnostou, MD Child 
Neurologist 
Clinician Scientist, Bloorview Research Institute 
Assistant Professor, Department of Pediatrics 
Program Official: Alice Kau, PhD Program Officer 
Eunice Kennedy Shriver Institute for Child Health and 
Development (NICHD) 
Project Manager: 
Cheryl Alderman, BS, CCRP Clinical Research Manager 
ASPIRE Research Program Department of Psychiatry 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 

Page 52 of 179
Treatment Centers: 
Data Center: 
Genetics Center 
Principal Investigators: 
Bryan King, MD 
Seattle Children’s Research Institute 
Christopher McDougle, MD 
Lurie Center 
Massachusetts General Hospital 
Jeremy Veenstra-VanderWeele, MD 
Vanderbilt University 
Alex Kolevzon, MD 
Mount Sinai School of Medicine 
Principal Investigator: 
Robert Hamer, PhD 
Department of Psychiatry 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
Principal Investigator: 
Simon Gregory, PhD 
Duke University 

Page 53 of 179
1 
INTRODUCTION: BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND SCIENTIFIC 
RATIONALE 
1.1 
Background Information 
There is a tremendous unmet need for accessible treatments that address core symptoms of ASD 
and are safe for sustained use, especially for the population of nonverbal individuals who require 
the most intensive lifelong support.  We have created the ACE SOARS Network to provide the 
infrastructure necessary to meet this need on an ongoing basis.  Our initial clinical trial, 
described in this application, is SOARS-B (the Study of Oxytocin in ASD to improve Reciprocal 
Social Behaviors).  SOARS-B will test a very promising potential treatment−intranasal 
oxytocin−for ASD’s fundamental social communication deficits in a large, highly generalizable 
group of verbal and nonverbal children.  SOARS-B will also provide information about the 
regulation of DNA methylation and transcription of the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR), as well as 
other genes relevant to oxytocin’s CNS activity, as a function of time and in response to oxytocin 
treatment. These data will fill a key gap in our understanding of oxytocin’s role in ASD and its 
ability to alter epigenetic modifications of OXTR. 
1.2 
Rationale 
THE SOCIAL MOTIVATION MODEL OF ASD PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 
Difficulties in social orienting are evident across auditory and visual modalities and across the 
lifespan in ASD (Dawson 1998, 2004; Whitehouse 2008; Sasson 2007).  Electrophysiologic 
studies have found that individuals with ASD can attend to social stimuli if instructed to do so, but 
that they do not do so spontaneously (Ceponiene PNAS 2003).  In contrast, typically developing 
individuals give preferential attention to social stimuli, processing them faster with greater brain 
activation in prefrontal cortex than nonsocial stimuli (Goren 1975; Greene 2011). Youth with ASD 
show slower processing of social versus nonsocial stimuli and the rate inversely correlates with the 
magnitude of social impairments (Dawson 2004).  Individuals with ASD also appear to experience 
reduced relative rewards from interpersonal interactions.  In contrast to 
their typically developing peers, children with ASD prefer looking at pictures of inanimate 
objects to looking at pictures of people (Sasson 2008, 2011).  They also fail to activate the 
ventral striatum, which is the center of the brain’s reward circuit, in response to social rewards 
whereas high levels of activation are evoked by social rewards in typically developing children 
(Scott-Van Zeeland 2010).  Further, when presented with social stimuli, children with ASD show 
reduced rather than increased activity in the prefrontal cortex, which assesses the relative value 
of a reward (Greene 2011).  The extent of reduction correlates with the severity of social and 
communication impairments in children with ASD (Ohnishi 2000; Dawson 1998).  These 
differences, as well as ASD’s clinical presentation, have led to the hypothesis that ASD is related 
to a fundamental impairment in social motivation (Waterhouse 1996; Dawson 2002, 2005; Grelotti 
2002). 

Page 54 of 179
THE ROLE OF OXYTOCIN IN SOCIAL BEHAVIOR 
Oxytocin is the brain’s most abundant neuropeptide.  It can act as a classical neurotransmitter, 
a neuromodulator and a hormone with actions throughout the body (Gimple 2001, Veening 2010, 
Baskerville 2010).  Oxytocin’s half-life in the plasma is 1-2 minutes compared to ~30 minutes in 
the CSF.  Central release of oxytocin is dependent upon CD38 and dramatically stimulates 
further release of oxytocin (~1000 fold) and increases the number of oxytocin-containing cells in 
the periventricular nucleus.  Together these factors lead to long lasting oxytocin elevations 
throughout the brain following acute increases in CSF oxytocin.  One of oxytocin’s major central 
actions is to activate the brain’s reward circuit by increasing dopamine release from the ventral 
tegmental area to the ventral striatum, amygdala and hippocampus.  Its neuromodulatory actions 
appear to result primarily from somatodendritic release with binding to oxytocin receptors that 
are widely distributed throughout the limbic region and prefrontal cortex.  Differential species- 
specific patterns of social behavior appear related to the distribution and density of oxytocin and 
vasopressin receptors in the brain (Insel 2010). Oxytocin can bind vasopressin receptors, although 
it is unknown to what it extent it does so normally.  Oxytocin also can increase expression of 
oxytocin and vasopressin receptors in the brain although these effects are often sexually 
dimorphic and highly regulated by hormones and interleukins (Moos 1989, Morris 
2004, Miyan 2003, Tribollet 1989, Bales Hormone Behavior 2007, Bales Neuroscience 2007, 
Carter 2009, Carter 2007).  Social isolation and social stress somewhat later, during the post- 
weaning period, also have sexually dimorphic effects on the number of oxytocin and vasopressin 
neurons (Bales Devel Psychobiology 2007, Tanaka 2010). 
In animal models including primates, oxytocin has been demonstrated to increase eye contact, 
social approach, social recognition, social memory, and generosity and to reduce stress responses 
(Takayangi 2005; Liu 2008, Insel 2010).  Oxytocin also influences social behavior in people 
(MacDonald 2010).  Exogenous oxytocin increases gaze to eye regions, social cognition, social 
memory, positive communication, empathy, perceptions of trustworthiness, and cooperation 
within one’s own group (Guastella 2008, 2010; Domes 2007; Di Simplicio 2008; Fischer-Shofty 
2010; Keri 2009; Unkelbach 2008; Savaskan 2008; Rimmele 2009; Dizten 2008; Zak 2005, 
2007; Theodoridou 2009; Petrovic 2008; Kosfeld 2005, Baumgartner 2008; De Dreu, 2010). 
Intranasal oxytocin also reduces cortisol; perceived stress, amygdala activation to threatening 
social images, and tolerance of ethnic differences (Heinrichs 2003; Kirsch 2005; Petrovic 2008; 
De Dreu 2011).  However, some of these effects, including enhancement of social memories and 
secure attachment, may be limited to individuals with less robust prosocial behaviors initially 
(Bartz 2010a, 2010b, Buchheim 2009).  Allelic variations in OXTR have also been correlated with 
infant attachment, social auditory processing, empathy and prosocial decision making 
(Lerer 2010; Tops 2011, Chen 2011). 
OXYTOCIN’S POTENTIAL ROLE IN ASD 
Multiple variations in the oxytocin signaling system have been associated with ASD relative to 
controls.  Allelic variations in the CD38 gene, which is required for central release of oxytocin, 
and in OXTR have been identified, some of which also have been correlated with cognition and 
functioning in individuals with ASD (Green 2001; Andari 2010; Munesue 2010; Wu 2005; 
Jacob 2007; Lerer 2010; Yrigollen 2008; Tansey 2010; Wermter 2010; Liu 2010; Campbell 
2011; Riebold 2011).  Modestly greater (~ 20-40%) OXTR methylation relative to controls has 
been found in two small, independent ASD samples (Gregory 2009).  Reduced plasma oxytocin 
and CD38 mRNA expression have also been reported in ASD (Modahl 1998, Jin 2007). 

Page 55 of 179
Oxytocin has shown promise for modifying social behavior in mouse models for ASD and in 
people with ASD and related disorders. In the Otxr null mouse, a single dose of oxytocin 
improved social deficits, reduced aggression and reduced vulnerability to chug-induced seizures, 
apparently acting through the vasopressin IA receptor. Fmiher, in these mice, repeated doses of 
oxytocin improved reversal learning, indicating enhanced cognitive flexibility (Sala 2011). A 
single dose of oxytocin also improved social deficits in Cd38 null mice (Higashida 2010). In 
Fragile X, which is frequently comorbid with ASD, oxytocin improved gaze avoidance and 
reduced co11isol elevations elicited by social interaction (Hall 2011). In high functioning 
individuals with ASD, single doses of oxytocin enhanced attention to faces and eyes, visual and 
audito1y affect recognition, the ability to distinguish whether others were being cooperative, and 
preference for interacting with receptive individuals (Andari 2010; Guastella 2010; Hollander 
2007). Oxytocin challenge also reduced self-repo1ied compulsive and repetitive behaviors 
(Hollander et al., 2003). Sustained oxytocin treatment has been repo1ied to improve ASD 
symptoms in one child (Munesue 2010). In the only pilot study of sustained oxytocin treatment 
cmTently completed, affect recognition accuracy improved three times as much with 6 weeks of 
oxytocin treatment as had been repo1ied in Andari's single dose study (Anagoustou in 
preparation, network preliminaiy data). Within the next 6 months, an 8-week blinded study of 
oxytocin in 24 children with ASD will be completed at UNC. 
OUR WORKING MODEL 
The above evidence regai·ding impaiiments in social orienting and social reward in ASD, 
oxytocin's role in social orienting and social motivation, and variability in various aspects of 
oxytocin signaling among people with ASD, together with extensive prelimina1y evidence that 
supplemental oxytocin can impact social behaviors in ASD, have led to the fo1mulation of our 
working model (Figure 1). We postulate that ASD pathophysiology acts to fundamentally alter 
social orienting and decrease the relative value ascribed to social rewai·ds resulting in limited 
social motivation. Reduced social motivation leads to a vicious cycle of reduced social 
oppo11unities, reduced learning from social feedback, reduced skills and functional abilities and 
worsening of ASD's core social communication symptoms, which fuiiher reduces social 
motivation. We hypothesize that sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment will positively modify 
the earliest paiis of this cycle - social orienting and the value of social rewai·ds - and disrnpt the 
cycle leading to improvements in the core social and communication impaiiments of ASD. 
Figure 1: Model of ASD Social Symptom Pathophysiology & Proposed Mechanism of Oxytocin Treatment 
ASD Pathophysiology(,.. ----.------
+ 
Social :t­
Motivatio 
4 
n ,ypothe-ized symptom course 
I
Hypothesized impact on course 
. n_ASD without treatment 
with:olytocin tceatrnen,t.-_,. 
ASD'score
i 
social-
communication 
deficits 

Page 56 of 179
1.3 
Potential Risks 
There is a dearth of information about the safety of sustained use of oxytocin, although more 
information is emerging on a daily basis. Indeed, the objective of specific Aim 2 is to provide 
such information, gathered prospectively in a systematically elicited fashion. 
Oxytocin has been reported to exert a large number of effects in the body and the brain (Gimpl & 
Fahrenholz 2001). The classic physiological effects of oxytocin in humans as well as all 
placental mammals are uterine contractions and milk ejection.  These are conclusively known to 
occur only under the hormonal conditions at the end of pregnancy and postpartum when oxytocin 
receptors proliferate in the uterus and mammary tissue and lactogenesis occurs.  Theoretically, 
oxytocin administration could cause uterine contractions during phases of the menstrual cycle 
when estrogen levels are relatively high or in women who are receiving estrogen.  This, however, 
has never been demonstrated or reported. IV administration of Oxytocin is FDA approved for 
induction or facilitation of labor and postpartum contraction of the uterus. Intranasal oxytocin 
spray is also available in other countries to facilitate nursing in new mothers.  Intranasal oxytocin 
also was FDA approved as a lactation aid in the United States until 1995 when it was withdrawn 
from the US market by the company that manufactured it, Novartis.  This was a business 
decision and the FDA has confirmed no safety concerns were involved in this decision. 
A number of adverse effects have been reported in the context of these two clinical applications, 
primarily with intravenous administration of oxytocin, which include anaphylactic reaction, 
hypertension, hypotension, cardiac arrhythmias, nausea and vomiting, afibrinogenemia and 
associated bleeding and, in the context of prolonged intravenous administration of oxytocin, 
hyponatremia. There has also been at least one report of life-threatening anaphylaxis during 
surgery when multiple drugs were being intravenously infused simultaneously (D. Pant, et al, 
2009).  Symptoms that may result from anaphylaxis include generalized hives, itchiness, or 
flushing; crampy abdominal pain, diarrhea, and vomiting; a feeling of anxiety and impending 
doom; swelling of the lips, tongue, throat resulting in shortness of breath, wheezes or stridor, and 
low oxygen; a drop in blood pressure that may result in a feeling of lightheadedness and loss of 
consciousness; reduced muscle tone with possible loss of bladder control; and, most seriously, 
coronary artery spasm may occur with subsequent myocardial infarction or cardiac dysrhythmia 
and possible death.  There is also a case report of psychosis occurring during oxytocin treatment of 
a man with obsessive compulsive disorder (Ansseau et al, 1987), although there are two completed 
pilot studies in schizophrenia that have reported reduction of psychotic symptoms (Feifel et al, 
2010 – using a TDD of 40 IU during week 1, followed by a TDD of 80 IU for 2 weeks in 16 
people; Pedersen et al., 2011 using TDD 48 IU for 2 weeks in 7 people) with no significant 
adverse events. There are a limited number of published, sustained oxytocin treatment studies in 
adults with other diseases (Den Boer 1992, Epperson 1996a, Epperson 1996b, Ohlsson 
2005). 

Page 57 of 179 
Evidence for safety of sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in ASD 
Placebo contrnlled safety data of sustained intrnnasal oxytocin treatment in people with ASD is 
available from three cunently unpublished trials: 
•
the Anagnostou adult study (10 on TDD 48 ID oxytocin for 6 weeks, 9 on placebo),
•
a trial conducted by Adam Guastella, personal communication 2012 (26 teens on total
daily dose [TDD] 24 ID oxytocin for 8 weeks, 24 on placebo), and
•
the UNC Autism Speaks pilot trial in 3-17 year olds (12 on oxytocin with TDD ranging
between 4 ID and 64 ID for 8 weeks and 13 on placebo) and 24 on open label oxytocin TDD up
to 48 ID for 8 weeks. Adverse events observed dming the double blind and open-label phases of
the UNC oxytocin pilot study are shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Treatment Emergent Adverse Effects in UNC Pilot study of children with ASD 
8Wks 
16Wks 
PLACEBO 
Treatment Emergent, 
8Wks 
8 Wks PLACEBO
OXYTOCIN 
8Wks 
Moderate or Severe 
OXYTOCIN 
N= 13,N (%) 
N=11,N(o/o) 
OXYTOCIN 
Adverse Events 
N =12, N (%) 
N= 13,N (%) 
(only inWS-16) 
(only in W8-
16) 
ggression or Hostility 
11 (8.3%) 
\ (30.8%) 
11 (9.1%) 
11 (7.7%) 
Infection 
11 (8.3%) 
11 (7.7%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
Agitation 
12 (16.7%) 
11 (7.7%) 
11 (9.1%) 
11 (7.7%) 
nger/lrritability 
11 (8.3%) 
13 (23.1%) 
11 (9.1%) 
13 (23.1%) 
nsomnia Mid cycle or other 
13 (25%) 
] (15.4%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
isinhibited Behavior 
11 (8.3%) 
11 (7.7%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
ood Lability 
11 (8.3%) 
11 (7.7%) 
11 (9.1%) 
13 (23.1%) 
2 (16.7%) 
13 (23.1%) 
11 (9.1%) 
12 (15.4%) 
0 
11 (7.7%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
11 (8.3%) 
11 (7.7%) 
I 
0 
11 (7.7%) 
nsomnia, Initial 
13 (25.0%) 
] (15.4%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
nsomnia, Terminal 
I 
0 
I 
0 
11 (9.1%) 
I 
0 
ow frustration tolerance 
11 (8.3%) 
] (15.4%) 
I 
0 
11 (7.7%) 
Diarrhea 
12 (16.7%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
I 
0 
Constipation 
I 
0 
11 (7.7%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
ppetite Increased 
11 (8.3%) 
11 (7.7%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
eight Increased 
11 (8.3%) 
I 
0 
I 
0 
I 
0 
lAttention or Concentration 
1 (8.3%) 
(15.4%) 
0 
0 
Rituals or Repetitive 
0 
0 
0 
1 (7.7%) 
Behaviors 

Page 58 of 179 
Silliness 
1 (8.3%) 
1 (7.7%) 
0 
0 
Anxiety 
11 (8.3%) 
I
0 
I
0 
I
0 
Apathy 
I
0 
I
0 
I
0 
11 (7.7%) 
ccidental Injury 
11 (8.3%) 
12 (15.4%) 
I
0 
I
0 
Allergies 
11 (8.3%) 
I
0 
11 (9.1%) 
11 (7.7%) 
Restlessness/ Akathisia 
1 (8.3%) 
1 (7.7%) 
0 
We have been able to access the raw adverse event data from these three trials and have 
aggregated it to provide adverse event data on 48 individuals with ASD exposed to oxytocin for at 
least 6 weeks and 46 individuals with ASD ti-eated with placebo. This aggregation, shown in 
Table 2, found low rates of adverse events in both oxytocin and placebo groups and no signal for 
greater adverse events with oxytocin ti·eatment. None of these studies identified any significant or 
systematic changes in electi·olytes or vital signs. The apparently higher rates in the UNC Pilot 
study probably reflect differences in the methods of assessing adverse events. The UNC pilot 
study used systematic elicitation of adverse events (same instilllllent as proposed for SOARS-B 
ti·ial) and the other studies used spontaneous repo1i or much more limited questionnaires. 
Tabl 2 A 
e . .22re2a e a verse even s w1 
t d d 
t 
·th sus a1De 
ID ranasa oxy oc1D rea men ID 
l 
t . t 
t 
t. ASD 
6-8 wks Oxytocin (n=48)
Placebo (n=46) 
Adverse Event 
% 
% 
Increased Anxiety/Panic Attack 
0 
2% 
Increased Social Withdrawal 
0 
2% 
Increased Tics 
0 
2% 
Decreased Attention 
2% 
2% 
Increased Restlessness 
2% 
2% 
Disinhibition 
2% 
2% 
LOw Fmstration Tolerance 
2% 
2% 
Agitation 
4% 
2% 
Oppositionality 
4% 
7% 
1nitability 
6% 
7% 
Mood Lability 
4% 
7% 
Increased Crying 
2% 
2% 
Aggression 
2% 
9% 
Insomnia 
6% 
4% 
? Absence Seizure 
2% 
0 
Patigue 
2% 
9% 
Increased appetite 
0 
2% 
Decreased appetite 
0 
2% 
Increased thirst 
8% 
17% 
Increased urination 
8% 
11% 
uightheaded 
4% 
7% 
Vomiting 
4% 
2% 
Nausea 
6% 
2% 
Dianhea 
0 
4% 
0 

Page 59 of 179 
Headache 
6% 
7% 
Shortness of Breath 
4% 
2% 
Increased allergies 
6% 
2% 
Cough 
0 
2% 
Rash 
0 
2% 
There is also preliminary safety data regarding even more extended oxytocin treatment for up to 
6 months in children with ASD available by personal communication from from an ongoing trial 
funded by DOD being conducted by Evdokia Anagostou in 11 youth 10-17 years treated for up 
to 6 months treated with oxytocin yielding a total of 22 youth.  There have been no significant 
lab abnormalities in these participants.  Three (14%) have shown increases in irritability or mood 
lability and one has had increased allergy symptoms. 
Blood Draw Risks: 
During laboratory blood draws the risks involved are pain, bruising, and rarely, infection at the 
location where the blood was taken.  This risk will be minimized by having a trained professional 
take each participant’s blood.  We will attempt to avoid these risks by using aseptic techniques, 
and applying pressure after the phlebotomy.  A local anesthetic may be used to 
reduce associated pain if the participant wishes to use it. If a subject becomes nervous or agitated 
about the phlebotomy procedures, we will utilize an anti-anxiety medication to calm subjects 
who may be nervous. 
Psychological/Psychiatric Risk: 
This patient population can be at risk for worsening of psychiatric/psychological symptoms that 
may be attributed to their mental illness alone, medication non-adherence, or a number of other 
causes that may not be related to this study.  The Principal Investigator will use clinical judgment 
to assess each treatment emergent adverse event and determine intensity and relatedness to the 
study.  In cases of worsening of symptoms patients may require inpatient hospitalization.  If the 
study doctor feels that the subject is at serious risk for hurting themselves or others, he/she can ask 
a judge to allow the participant to be hospitalized against his/her will. Subjects may become 
frustrated during study procedures.  Research staff will work to ensure that all directions and 
questions are easy to understand for subjects who have intellectual difficulties.  Subjects will be 
allowed breaks, if needed. 
Since this is a large trial of oxytocin that will require patient involvement for up to 52 weeks (1 
year), a subject’s psychiatric care will be assumed by the study physician. 
Confidentiality Risk 
The potential indirect risks are related to loss of confidentiality and could include someone such 
as an insurance agency or employer learning that the participant has a serious mental illness with 
resulting potential stigmatization.  It is also possible that public knowledge of this diagnosis or 
its documentation in the medical record could lead to inability to obtain insurance coverage at 
reasonable rates in the future. 

Page 60 of 179
Additional risk for OPTIONAL biomarker/genetics portion: 
There are no additional needle sticks for this portion of the study. However, the additive in the 
DNA collection tube can be irritating if it contacts the skin so special care will be taken so that, 
during the blood draw, the additive in the tube doesn’t flow out into the collection needle. 
2 
OBJECTIVES 
The ACE SOARS Network’s immediate goals are to translate these exciting findings regarding 
oxytocin’s neurobehavioral effects into an evidence-based, widely accessible intervention for ASD’s 
fundamental impairments in reciprocal social behaviors and to identify factors that differentially 
influence response to oxytocin treatment in ASD. Our central hypothesis is that intranasal oxytocin 
will partially reverse the early pathophysiologic alterations in social orienting and the salience of 
social rewards present in ASD, which lead to decreased social motivation and ultimately to ASD’s 
core social communication impairments, thereby enhancing reciprocal social behaviors (see Figure 
1, in Impact section).   Sustained improvements in social motivation and social reciprocity are 
expected to facilitate communication and learning and ultimately improve functioning.  We will 
accomplish our immediate goals by conducting SOARS-B, a large (n=300) randomized, double- 
blind trial of sustained (six month) treatment with intranasal oxytocin in children 3-17 years old with 
ASD and examining clinical and biological factors that may predict or enhance response. Regardless 
of SOARS-B’s outcome, its results will significantly impact the care of people with ASD by 
definitively testing a very promising translational treatment strategy in a highly generalizable 
sample.  The moderator analysis is likely to support treatment personalization.  The exploratory 
epigenetic studies will enhance understanding of the regulation of key biological pathways in ASD 
and facilitate development of future treatments. 
2.1 
Specific Aims 
Specific Aim 1: Determine the efficacy of intranasal oxytocin treatment in children with ASD. 
Analysis 1a: Compare oxytocin treatment to placebo for improving reciprocal social behaviors. 
Hypothesis: oxytocin will reduce maladaptive social behaviors and increase prosocial behaviors. 
Analysis 1b: Compare oxytocin treatment to placebo for improving reciprocal social behaviors 
separately in subgroups of children who have significant language impairment and intellectual 
disability and those whose language and intellectual abilities are in the normal range at baseline. 
Hypothesis:  oxytocin’s actions on the social reward system are unrelated to verbal or cognitive 
abilities. 
Analysis 1c: Compare the treatments’ enhancement of social motivation, cognitive skills and 
functioning. Hypothesis: oxytocin will increase social motivation, improving acquisition of cognitive 
and functional skills. 
Specific Aim 2: Provide information about the safety and tolerability of intranasal oxytocin. 
Analysis 2a: Compare incidence and severity of treatment emergent adverse effects, clinically 
significant  laboratory  and  electrocardiogram  changes,  serious  adverse  events  and  treatment 
discontinuation due to tolerability issues over six months in the oxytocin and placebo groups. 
Analysis 2b: Tabulate these safety indicators during six months of open oxytocin treatment 

Page 61 of 179
Specific Aim 3: Identify clinical or biological traits that preferentially influence response to 
oxytocin. 
Analysis 3a: Determine if baseline age influences behavioral changes more in the oxytocin group. 
Hypothesis: the magnitude of changes observed depends on both intervention efficacy and brain 
plasticity. Analysis 3b: Determine if baseline OXTR methylation levels predict level of behavioral 
improvement. 
Working hypothesis: greater OXTR methylation decreases oxytocin receptor density and increases 
the amount of oxytocin required to bind available receptors and elicit optimal reciprocal social 
behaviors. 
Analysis 3c: Determine if other baseline traits or intervening experiences interact preferentially with 
oxytocin 
Exploratory Aim 4: Describe the changes in OXTR methylation and mRNA expression of genes 
related to oxytocin signaling occurring over six months with oxytocin and placebo treatment. 
Rationale: understanding the regulation of oxytocin signaling will facilitate development of novel 
treatments. 
2.2 
Study Outcome Measures 
2.2.1 
Primary Outcome Measures 
Our primary outcome is reciprocal social behaviors, which we will assess using two co- 
primary measures.  The first measure is the ABC-SW subscale, which is being used in other 
clinical trials focusing on the core social and communication symptoms of autism.  The other 
measure is a combined social score from the ABC-SW, which primarily captures aloof, and 
avoidant behaviors, and the Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory-Screening 
Version (PDDBI-SV, Cohen 2011), a recently developed measures which assesses both 
maladaptive social problems and social skills.  The PDDBI-SV is comprised of 18 items 
included in the older, more comprehensive Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior 
Inventory (PDD-BI, Cohen 2003 (x2)). The PDDBI-SV assesses both social impairments 
typically associated with the active but odd subtype of ASD and development of pro-social skills 
that are integral to improved reciprocal social behavior.  The PDDBI-SV results in a raw 
SOCDEF score, which is the sum of the reverse-scored social skills and the regularly-scored 
problems, and a SOCDEF T score.  In marked contrast to the PDD-BI’s age-based standard 
scores (for children 1.5 and 12.5 years old), the PDDBI-SV SOCDEF score does not change with 
age in individuals with ASD.  The PDDBI-SV has been validated in original PDD-BI development 
sample of 311 children 1-17 years old and a recently-acquired sample that includes 
145 youth between 13 and 15 years old, 90 between 16 and 19 years, and 59 between 20 and 40 
years (Cohen 2011, personal communication). The combined social score will be calculated by 
discarding the three lethargy items from the ABC-SW (questions 3, 32, and 53, which all assess 
reduced physical movement), summing the 13 remaining items of the ABC-SW subscale, and 
adding it to the PDDBI-SV raw SOCDEF score.  The combined social score is derived from two 
well-validated instruments and has face validity for capturing the full range of impairments in 
reciprocal social behaviors observed in ASD.  We chose not to use the Social Responsiveness 
Scale (SRS), which was developed to provide a quantitative measure of social impairments 
typically observed in ASD in children 3-18 years old, because it has been demonstrated to be 

Page 62 of 179 
quite stable over time (Constantino 2000, 2009) and no intervention studies have clearly 
demonstrated its sensitivity to change. 
2.2.2 
Secondary Outcome Measures 
Secondary Outcome Measures: We will use the SRS Social Motivation subscale to assess 
oxytocin’s hypothesized mechanism of action.  Cognitive skills will be assessed using the 
Stanford Binet-5th Edition (SB-5) (Roid).  If a child cannot complete the routing tests on the SB-
5, they will be assessed using the Mullen. Functional skills including communication will be 
assessed using the standard score of the Vineland 2, the Caregiver Strain Questionnaire (Brannan 
1997) and, in verbally fluent youth, a 7 item questionnaire being piloted to assess participant 
satisfaction with their social relationships, which is included in the appendix. The specific 
components of these measures tested in Aim 1c are SRS Social Motivation subscale, the NV IQ 
or Mullen Early Learning Composite standard score, and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior 
Composite.  Other subscales of these measures and the other functional measures will be 
analyzed in an exploratory way. 
2.2.3 
Additional Exploratory Outcome Measures 
Additional Clinical Assessments: In order to provide a comprehensive assessment of the clinical 
features of children in the trial we will also perform several other assessments.  The Clinical 
Global Impressions – Improvement score, which is routinely used in pharmacologic clinical 
trials, will capture the study physician’s global impression of response. Other symptom domains 
in ASD will be assessed with the original PDD-BI using raw scores since normed scores are only 
provided for children younger than 13, the other subscales of the ABC, and the severity score 
derived from the ADOS (Gotham 2009). We will also obtain the complete SRS to specifically 
assess its sensitivity to change in comparison to other outcomes.  All concomitant medications 
and behavioral or alternative medication therapies will be recorded at each visit. 
Assessment of treatment-emergent adverse effects will utilize the systematic longitudinal adverse 
effects scale developed by Sikich and described in the oxytocin treatment section. 
Exploratory Behavioral Measures: We will include two exploratory behavioral measures that 
seek to address gaps in currently validated measures (eg. ASD appropriate, participant evaluation 
of social satisfaction) or to objectively assess a social behavior that we hypothesize will be 
improved by oxytocin treatment.  This measure is most likely to be useful in adolescents as 
younger children, but has not been validated in anyone above 12.  We will also incorporate the 
Reading the Mind in the Eyes Task (Baron-Cohen) into our analysis, which has been shown to be 
sensitive to both single and sustained doses of oxytocin. However, its use is restricted to high- 
functioning individuals who can verbally identify specific emotions. 
Biologic Outcome Measures:  We will obtain blood, urine and vital signs from participants at 
regular intervals in order to assess the safety of oxytocin.  In addition, we obtain blood from 
participants at screening and months 2, 6, 8, 12 and 18 that will used to assess OTXR differential 
methylation status and to assess mRNA expression.  We will also obtain a blood sample from 
participants (and their biological parents with appropriate consent) to donate to the NIMH genetic 
repository for establishment of lymphoblast cell lines 

Page 63 of 179 
Potential interacting factors:  We will assess potential environmental factors that may interact with 
oxytocin treatment through caregiver reports.  Our main focus is on social skills treatments, 
interventions the child receives outside of the school setting and social opportunities outside of 
school settings for interactions with peers, adults who are not caregivers/treatment providers, and 
caregivers/treatment providers. 
3  Study Design 
SOARS-B is a large (n =300) randomized, placebo-controlled trial of sustained (6 month), flexible 
dose intranasal oxytocin treatment in children 3 to 17 years old with ASD.  The primary aim is to 
determine the efficacy of oxytocin for improving reciprocal social behaviors in the entire sample and 
the low- and high-functioning subgroups.  Social motivation, cognitive skills and functional 
behaviors will be secondary outcomes.  We will examine safety during the 
double-blind phase and the six month open extension phase.  The second major aim of the study is 
to identify whether participant baseline clinical and biological characteristics such as age and extent 
of OXTR methylation preferentially influence response to supplemental oxytocin.  In 
post-hoc exploratory analyses, we will examine the influence of intervening processes, such as 
concomitant antipsychotic or social skills treatments that are likely to be randomly distributed 
between the oxytocin and placebo groups, on oxytocin response.  Finally, participants will be 
assessed six months after stopping oxytocin to assess maintenance of treatment effects 
See figure 2 for overall study design. 
Figure 2: SOARS-B Study Design 
SCREEN 
PHASE 1: DOUBLE-BLIND 
PHASE 2: OPEN TRMT 
PHASE 3: FU 
ASSESSES: 
EFFICACY, SAFETY, MODERATORS 
LONG-TERM SAFETY & BENEFITS 
PERSISTENCE OF BENEFITS 
Min 142 w/Low-functioning 
OXYTOCIN 
PLACEBO 
OXYTOCIN 
NO TREATMENT 
Min 142 w/High-functioning 
OXYTOCIN 
PLACEBO 
Screen* 
Stratified Randomization 
M0 
M1 
M2* 
M3 
M4 
M5 
M6*    M7 
M8 
M9    M10  M11    M12* 
M18* 
*indicates genetic sample taken. Primary outcome assessed at bolded time points. 

Page 64 of 179 
4 
STUDY ENROLLMENT AND WITHDRAWAL 
4.1 
Subject Inclusion Criteria 

Be between the ages of 3 years 0 months and 17  years 11 months at the time of
randomization

Be diagnosed by clinician experienced in assessment of ASD with autistic disorder,
Asperger’s syndrome, or PDD-NOS using DSM-V-TR criteria

Must have clinical diagnosis of ASD confirmed using the Autism Diagnostic
Observation Scale (ADOS, Lord et al., 2001)

Must have clinical diagnosis of ASD confirmed using the Autism Diagnostic Interview-
Revised (ADI-R, Rutter, 2003). ASD criteria proposed by Risi (2006). Specifically, subject must
be within 1 point of autism criteria on both social and communication domains of the ADI or meet
autism criteria in one of these ADI domains and come within 2 points of autism criteria in the
other

Have a guardian who is able to provide informed consent

If cognitively able, subject must be able to provide informed assent/consent
4.2 
Subject Exclusion Criteria 

Have a known diagnosis of Rett Syndrome or Childhood Disintegrative Disorder, or have
marked sensory impairment such as deafness or blindness

Have active cardiovascular disease or renal disease that is not controlled by medication

Subjects who are pregnant, lactating, or who refuse to practice contraception if sexually
active

Subjects who have had changes in allied health therapies, behavioral or educational
interventions within the two months prior to randomization other than those associated with
school holidays

Subjects who have had changes in medications or medication doses of risperidone,
aripiprazole, other antipsychotic medications, clonidine, guanfacine, stimulants or anti-
convulsants within four weeks of randomization

Subjects who have had previous chronic treatment with oxytocin

Subjects who are currently being treated with an agent that affects brain serotonin levels,
including St. John’s Wort

Subjects who use benzodiazepines on a regular basis (i.e. 3 of 7 days in a week)

Subjects who have caretakers who are unable to speak English, be consistently present at
visits to report on symptoms, or are otherwise judged as unable to comply with the protocol by
the data collection site team
4.3 Rationale for Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria 
Frequently when large trials are done with a very specific subpopulation, no further studies are 
done to explore response in other subgroups because of the large cost of such trials and public 
frustration with studies perceived as duplicative and incremental.  However, families and 
clinicians caring for individuals from untested subgroups often struggle to make treatment 
decisions without any specific evidence regarding efficacy or safety.  Therefore, we have made 

Page 65 of 179 
the entry criteria for participation in this trial as broad and generalizable as possible.  We will 
conduct secondary post-hoc analyses of various clinical and biological factors that might 
typically be excluded (eg. concomitant antipsychotic treatment, Fragile X) instead.  This 
approach will provide the greatest amount of clinically relevant information regarding sustained 
oxytocin treatment in shortest amount of time possible. 
We also will allow psychotropic medications with strong evidence of efficacy for treating 
problem behaviors or psychiatric disorders frequently associated with ASD (specifically 
antipsychotics, anticonvulsants, stimulants, and other medications approved for ADHD) to 
increase generalizability.  Agents that influence serotonergic neurotransmission or specifically 
impair reward pathways in the brain (eg. naltrexone) will be excluded because they lack 
evidence supporting their use in ASD and are likely to interfere with neural systems affected by 
oxytocin. 
We chose not to require a minimal baseline score on the Aberrant Behavior Checklist –social 
withdrawal subscale (ABC-SW, Aman 1994) due to concerns this would exclude many people 
with ASD, even though such a threshold would increase comparability with an ongoing trial also 
targeting ASD’s core social behaviors and might increase the probability of observing ABC-SW 
changes.  Also, diagnosis of ASD requires significantly impaired reciprocal social behavior. 
We are including very young children because we believe they are likely to demonstrate 
significantly greater functional improvements than older children are as a result of increased 
intervention services and greater brain plasticity.  We believe that the careful titration schedule 
and close adverse effect monitoring (phone calls at Month 0.5 and 6.5, along with a dosing 
administration handout that staff will provide to participants from Baseline (Month 0) to Month 
11 to monitor progress between office visits) will provide sufficient safety for this vulnerable 
population.  Further, the prospective, systematically elicited information about safety in young 
children gained in this study will inform the design of future trials and off label use in young 
children. 
We are including children with low cognitive functioning because there is no rationale for 
believing that they would be less likely to respond to oxytocin treatment.  Such children are 
seldom included in clinical trials and desperately need effective treatments to reduce their 
suffering.  We expect that we will still be able to measure social reciprocity which will be 
valuable in studying the effects of oxytocin on children with autism of varying cognitive 
functioning. 
We will exclude subjects with non-English speaking caretakers because our staff is not qualified 
(i.e. they are not fluent in other languages) to explain the study to non-English speaking subjects. 
In addition, many of the pencil and paper assessments used to diagnose the included diagnoses 
have not been normed with non-English speaking populations. Thus, the measures may not be as 
appropriate, valid, and/or reliable for non-English speaking subjects. 
4.4 Strategies for Recruitment and Retention 
Before the study is initiated, it will be approved by the Institutional Review Board (IRB) at each 
treatment site and the Network DSMB.  All of the subjects and their parent/guardian will provide 
consent/assent for participation in this study.  In addition to the informed consent requirements, 

Page 66 of 179 
per the Privacy Rule (HIPAA) regulations, research participants will provide a written 
“authorization” to use their Protected Health Information (PHI) in connection with research.  In 
requesting an authorization from potential participants, investigators will specify how the 
information will be used and how the privacy of that information will be protected.  The 
researcher obtaining Informed Consent will thoroughly review the consent form with the child and 
his or her parents, including study procedures and potential risks and benefits of study 
participation. The child and parents will be encouraged to ask questions throughout the process. It 
will be emphasized that research is voluntary and that the subject can opt out of this project at any 
time without jeopardizing his/her treatment.  Participants who turn 18 during their participation in 
the study and who have the cognitive capacity to read and understand the consent form, and whose 
parents do not have legal guardianship of them, while participating in this study will be re-
approached by one of the physician investigators.  The investigator will continue the informed 
consent process acknowledging that the individual is now legally an adult and will ask the 
participant if they voluntarily wish to continue their participation in the study.  If he/she does, the 
participant will be asked to sign the informed consent document and a new HIPAA authorization. 
If the individual does not wish to continue participation they will be withdraw 
from study treatment just as any other individual who chooses to withdraw consent from 
participation. 
This study will be registered in ClinicalTrials.gov no later than 21 days after the first subject is 
enrolled. Summary results information (including adverse events) will be reported no later than 1 
year after the completion date for the study. Grant and progress report forms shall include a 
certification that the investigators have made all required submissions to ClinicalTrials.gov. 
4.5 
Treatment Assignment Procedures 
4.5.1 
Randomization Procedures 
We expect to screen ~ 400 children in order to randomize 300. Individuals who meet all inclusion 
criteria and none of the exclusion criteria, will be categorized by the data base according to the 
following criteria to determine if they belong in the high or low functioning stratum.   Using a 
centralized, randomization scheme with permuted blocks of 4 or 6,  stratified only by functional 
status, the database will randomly assign the treatment which will be communicated to the site 
investigational pharmacy.  Enrollment within the two strata will be monitored to ensure that there 
are at least 142 participants in each and that at least 21% of the participants within each stratum 
fall into each of the specified age groups 3-6, 7-11, 12-17. The minimal representation of these 
age groups should ensure that the potential moderating effects of age can be fully assessed. We 
will not stratify by age due to the potential for very small cell sizes with large numbers of strata. 
If a functional or age subgroup appears to be under represented after 50%, 75% and 90% of 
participants are randomized, recruitment efforts will be focused on the under represented 
subgroups.   Children will be considered low-functioning if they have significant language 
impairment and intellectual disability (NV IQ or Mullen Early Learning Composite Standard 
Score < 70). We define significant language impairment in participants 72 months or older, as 
having a lack of fluent phrase speech reflected by use of ADOS Module 1 or 2.  In participants 
younger than 6 years, significant language impairment will be defined as lack of phrase speech 

Page 67 of 179 
and Mullen receptive language subtest score more than 1 SD below the mean for age. 
Participants will be considered as high-functioning if they have nonverbal IQ ≥ 70 and significant 
language skills, which we define as fluent phrase speech reflected by use of ADOS Module 3 or 
4, or, if younger than 6 years, Mullen receptive language subtest score within 1 SD of the mean 
for age or higher.  Participants who fail to meet both the language and cognitive 
criteria for low- or high-functioning will be stratified according to their language abilities, which 
more strongly predict long-term outcome (Venter 1992; Szatmari 2003; Sallows 2005; Billstedt 
2007). 
4.5.2 
Masking Procedures 
The spray and a normal saline nasal solution (the placebo) will be packaged in indistinguishable 
nasal administration bottles.   There will be four possible bottles:  Low concentration 
oxytocin/placebo with yellow labels and High concentration oxytocin/placebo with blue labels 
5 
STUDY INTERVENTION/INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT 
5.1 
Study Product Description 
Oxytocin contains the synthesized peptide oxytocin in a solution formulated to promote 
absorption through the nasal mucosa. There will be two concentrations of spray 80IU and 
240IU. The concentration of 80 IU of oxytocin/1ml and each 0.1 ml nasal insulfation delivers 8 
IU of oxytocin. The concentration of 240 IU of oxytocin/1ml and each 0.1 ml nasal insulfation 
delivers 24 IU of oxytocin. 
5.1.1 
Acquisition 
Oxytocin and placebo will be compounded by Triangle Compounding Pharmacy in Cary, NC 
with full adherence to GMP standards. All the proper documentation regarding these 
compounded solutions will be submitted to the FDA as an amendment to the current IND 
(#111604) held by Dr. Linmarie Sikich for sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in 3-17 year 
olds with autism. 
5.2 
Dosage, Preparation and Administration of Study Intervention/Investigational 
Product 
Participants or their caregivers will be taught to administer the nasal spray, alternating nostrils, by 
the study personnel. The caregivers will be provided with suggestions for how to encourage their 
children to comply with the procedure including setting up a fun routine and providing rewards. 
The caregivers will also be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to 
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at 
each visit and the dosing (if applicable). 
Participants in the study will be randomly assigned to treatment with intranasal oxytocin or 
placebo. Each insufflation will deliver 8 IU or 24 IU of oxytocin. A maximum of 3 insufflations 
at a time will be required. Dosing will be flexible between 8 IU/day and 80 IU/day, typically in 

Page 68 of 179 
two divided doses delivered in the morning and in the afternoon. Doses will increase by 8 
ID twice daily (BID) every 15 days until achieving the target dose of 24 ID BID at Month 1. 
Subsequently doses may be increased in 8 ID BID increments every month until a maximum 
dose of 40 ID BID is achieved. Doses may be reduced by 8/0 ID BID if safety concerns emerge 
or if the study physician, caregiver or participant feels a lower dose was more beneficial. Once 
daily dosing will be pe1mitted for pa1ticipants who do not tolerate 8 ID BID. Similar titration 
will be used during open-label treatment. Adherence to treatment will be assessed by caregiver 
repo1t and weighing returned treatment bottles. See table 3. 
Table 3: Oxytocin Flexible Dosing Strategy 
Oxytocin/Placeb 
MO 
W2 
Ml 
M2 
M3 
M4 
MS 
Onen Oxvtocin 
M6 
W28 
M7 
MS 
M9 
M10 
M11 
Expected Dose 
8 ID 
given AM & 3pm 
AM 
8 ID 
16 ID 
24IU 
24-32* ID
24-40* ID
24-40* ID
only 
Total Daily 
8 ID 
16ID 
32 ID 
48IU 
48-64* ID
48-80* ID 48-80* ID
Dose 
Yell ow Bottle 
2 
None 
None 
None 
LOW 
1 spray 1 spray 
None 
if up-titrate, if up-titrate, if up-titrate, 
concentration 
inAM 
2x/day sprays 
1-2 sprays
1-2 sprays
1-2 sprays
2x/day 
8 IU/spray 
2x/day
2x/day
2x/day
Blue Bottle 
IDGH 
None 
None 
None 
1 spray 
1 spray 
1 spray 
1 spray 
concentration 
2x/day 
2x/day 
2x/day 
2x/day 
24 IU/spray 
5.3 
Accountability Procedures for the Study Intervention/lnvestigational Product(s) 
Subjects ( or there parent/LAR) will be asked to return all previously dispensed product at the 
next office visit. Staff will return all unused product to the site's investigational phannacy for 
destruction. 
5.4 
Assessment of Subject Compliance with Study Intervention/lnvestigational Product 
Due to the difficulties of measuring compliance with weight, we will utilize a parent completed 
diary to measure subject compliance with medication ti·eatment. Each daily dose morning and 
afternoon, will be recorded by the parent/caregiver on this diaiy. 
5.5 
Concomitant Medications/Treatments 
All concomitant medications will be recorded. CmTent medications will be defined as any 
medications taken in the last month or being taken presently. The physician will record any 
changes to the subjects' psychiatric and non-psychiati-ic medications from baseline throughout the 
course of the study. Subjects who are cunently being treated with an agent that affects brain 
serotonin levels, including St. John's Wo1t will be excluded. If a paiticipant takes one of these 
agents during the course of the study, he she will be withdrawn by the investigator. 

Page 69 of 179
T able 4: SCHEDULE OF EVENTS 
crn 
Double Blind Treatment 
Open Treatment 
Procedure 
1 or 2 
MO 
M0.5 
M1 
M2 
M3 
M4 
MS 
M6fT M6.5 "17
MS 
M9 
M10 
M11 
M12fT 
I\DOS-2 
X 
I( 
I( 
I\DI-R 
X 
Stanford Binet/Mullen 
X 
DSM-V Checklist 
X 
ndusion/Exclusion 
X 
X 
Demographics 
X 
>-amily Med Hx (NIH Form) 
IX 
r<andomization Form 
X 
K;UID Acquisition Fonn 
GUID Record Fonn 
IX 
ConMeds 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Wital Signs 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Med/Psych History (SLAES) 
 
Mverse Effects (SLAES) 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Physical Exam (NIH Form) 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Medical History (NIH Fonn) 
 
()GI S and 1° 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Social Skills Therapies 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Psychosocial Therapies 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Laboratory 
ECG 
 
 
 
Ú emale Reproductive Status 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Urine/Serum Pregnancy' 
 
Safety labs2 
 
 
 
mRNA sample 
 
 
 
Methylation sample 
X 
X 
I( 
X 
I( 
Plasma oxytocin 
 
 
 
 
 
Mlole blood serotonin 
X 
X 
I( 
X 
I( 
Genetic repository sample-subj3 
X 
Genetic repository-parents' 
X 
Parent Questionnaires 
Questionnaire Guidance Form 
X 
I( 
X 
' 
X 
' 
I( 
I( 
X 
I( 
X 
' 
I( 
social Opportunity Questionnaire 
X 
I( 
X 
' 
X 
' 
I( 
I( 
X 
I( 
X 
' 
I( 
I\BC 
X 
X 
X 
I( 
X 
X 
I( 
PDDBI-SV 
X 
X 
X 
X 
PDDBI-Full 
X 
I( 
I( 
vASI 
X 
I( 
I( 
_,aregiver Strain 
X 
I( 
I( 
Vineland-II (Survey Form) 
X 
' 
I( 
I( 
I( 
SRS-2 
X 
' 
I( 
I( 
I( 
Subject Completed Questionnaires 
Reading Mind in Eyes Tesl5 
X 
X 
I( 
X 
I( 
self-Rating of social function 
X 
I( 
I( 
Medication 
DVD training (med administration)• 
X 
Med Administration Fonn• 
 
Dosing Guide7 
X 
X 
I( 
X 
' 
X 
' 
I( 
' 
I( 
X 
I( 
X 
' 
Risks Handout 
 
 
Medication Compliance6 
P< 
IX 
X 
IX 
X 
P< 
P< 
IX 
X 
IX 
X 
P< 
bxytocin Dosing Log (staff) 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
Medication Diary Dispensed 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
0-CGI-S only at baseline, CGI-S and I at all other V1S1ts 1-Reqwredat screerungbut can be done at anyt11tle dunngthe course of the study at phys1cl3ll d1Scret1on 2-Safety Jabs to we Jude: glucose 
(random), CO2, q K. Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT, urine specific gravity, urine pregnancy in pubertal girls 3-Preferred time to collect, but can be done at any time 4- One sample is requested 
from each biological parent, can be obtained at any point during the study 5- Assessment will be obtained only in participants who have fluent phrase speech & can define basic feelings 
and friendship 6-- Coiq,leted each time the participant returns study medication 
7- Dosing guide should be given at each visit (and also phone calls where the dosing has changed) Staff will circle the appropriate colunm for dosing that the patient should follow 
"Must be given at baseline, but also can be given at any other time during the course of the study at study staff discretion 
Post 
ITxf/u 
M 18 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

Page 70 of 179 
6.1 
Screening 
Screening Visit (can be divided into two visits, if necessary) ~ approximately 6 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Screening visit: 

Provide written informed consent/assent (subject and/or parent/caregiver/LAR)

Inclusion/Exclusion criteria checklist

Medical/psych history completed by medical physician using SLAES

Medical history and family medical history using the NIH-specific form

Urine or serum pregnancy test for females of childbearing potential

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

ECG (pediatric cardiologist will read/confirm)

Review of current concomitant medication use

Physical examination (examination of body systems and measurement of height and weight
on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, and temperature)

Safety Labs

Methylation/mRNA sample (Optional)

Plasma Oxytocin

Whole blood serotonin

Genetics (Optional)

ADOS-2 and ADI-R

Stanford Binet (abbreviated-ABIQ) or Mullen

DSM-V Checklist
Subjects may return for a second Screening visit in cases where assessments could not be
completed in one visit (i.e., time constraints, subject noncompliance, etc.).
The first set of Genetics and Plasma Oxytocin samples will be drawn at the Screening visit(s) in 
conjunction with safety labs to reduce the number of needle pricks during the study.  However, 
the subject may choose to wait to have these samples drawn until their Baseline visits once their 
eligibility has been confirmed.  If the samples have been collected and the subject is determined 
to be ineligible, the blood samples collected for these purposes will be destroyed. 
6. 2
Randomized Double-Blind Treatment Phase: Oxytocin or Placebo (6 months; 
Month 0-Month 6) 
Baseline Visit (Month 0) ~ approximately 3-4 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Baseline visit: 
At the baseline visit, enrolled subjects will undergo the following procedures: 

Confirmation of Inclusion/Exclusion criteria

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Page 71 of 179 

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

Demographics (age, sex, race, ethnicity, date of birth)

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Social Reciprocity Scale (SRS-2)

Vineland Adaptive Behavior (Vineland-II Survey Form)

Caregiver Strain Questionnaire

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-Full

CASI (Sprafkin 2002, Gadow 2009)

CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET)

Self-Rating of Social Functioning

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Parent Handout (study drug administration instructions)

Parent Handout (study drug dosing guidelines)

Parent Handout (risks)

Randomization

GUID Record Form

DVD for administration instructions
Participants or their caregivers will be taught to administer the nasal spray, alternating nostrils, 
by the study coordinators who will demonstrate medication administration through use of a DVD 
training module. The caregivers will be provided with suggestions for how to encourage their 
children to comply with the procedure including setting up a fun routine and providing rewards 
and will also be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure 
that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each visit, 
as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete a medication 
diary to indicate when doses were administered. 
Subjects will be given a 4 week supply of Syntocinon® /placebo nasal spray to take twice a day. 
Caregivers will be instructed to administer the first dose on the afternoon of the baseline visit, 
between 12PM and 4PM.  Parents will be given a hand out which highlights all the cardiac and 
anaphylaxis risks. The handout will also include information about how to monitor their child’s 
pulse and what the normal ranges for pulse are based on age. Staff will review handout with 
parent to ensure that they understand all aspects of the handout. 
Month 0.5 Phone Call ~ approximately 10-15 minutes 
Between the Baseline and Month 1 visit, the study physician will contact subjects and their 
parent/guardian or LAR (if applicable) to see how the subject is doing on the medicine and to 

Page 72 of 179 
monitor for any adverse events. During this phone call, staff will circle the appropriate column 
for dosing that the patient should follow (if the study physician believes the subject is tolerating 
the medication and can titrate up to the next dose). 
Month 1 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 1 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 2 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 2 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial TherapyLog

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET)

Methylation sample (Optional)

Plasma Oxytocin

Whole blood serotonin

Genetics (Optional)

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Page 73 of 179 

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 3 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 3 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Oxytocin dosing log

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Vineland

SRS-2

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 4 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 4 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial TherapyLog

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Page 74 of 179 

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 5 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 5 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
6. 3
Open-Label Treatment Phase 
Month 6 ~approximately 3-4 hours (start of Open-Label Treatment Phase) 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 6 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

Vineland

CSQ

CASI

PDDBI-Full

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Page 75 of 179

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET)

Self-Rating of Social Functioning

SRS-2

Methylation/mRNA sample (optional)

Plasma Oxytocin

Genetics (optional)

ECG

Safety Labs

Whole blood serotonin

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Risks Handout

ADOS-2

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 6.5 Phone Call ~ approximately 10-15 minutes 
Between the Month 6 and Month 7 visit, the study physician will contact subjects and their 
parent/guardian or LAR (if applicable) to see how the subject is doing on the medicine and to 
monitor for any adverse events. During this phone call, staff will circle the appropriate column 
for dosing that the patient should follow (if the study physician believes the subject is tolerating 
the medication and can titrate up to the next dose). 
Month 7 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 7 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.

Page 76 of 179 
Month 8 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 8 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial TherapyLog

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET)

Methylation sample (optional)

Plasma Oxytocin

Whole blood serotonin

Genetics (Optional)

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 9 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 9 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Oxytocin dosing log

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Vineland

SRS-2

Page 77of 179 

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 10 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 10 visit: 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 4 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial TherapyLog

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 11~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 11 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Page 78 of 179 

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete
a medication diary to indicate when doses were administered.
Month 12 ~ approximately 3-4 hours (End of Treatment Visit) 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Month 12 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

ADOS-2

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

Vineland

CSQ

CASI

PDDBI-Full

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET)

Self-Rating of Social Functioning

SRS-2

Methylation sample/mRNA (optional)

Plasma Oxytocin

Genetics (optional)

ECG

Safety Labs

Whole blood serotonin

Oxytocin Dosing Log
6. 4
Follow Up Phase 
Month 18 ~ approximately 3-4 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Follow-Up visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Physical examination (including height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

CGI-I and CGI-S

Page 79 of 179 

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

Vineland

CSQ

CASI

PDDBI-Full

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET)

Self-Rating of Social Functioning

SRS-2

Methylation sample (optional)

Plasma Oxytocin

Genetics (optional)

Whole blood serotonin
6.5 
Early Termination Visit 
If a subject terminates from the study early, then all month 6/12 procedures will be completed. 
6.6 
Unscheduled Visit 
Subjects may be asked to come in for an unscheduled visit at any time during the course of the 
study if the treating physician feels it is necessary to see the subject in person. During these 
visits, all efforts should be made to obtain the following assessments: 

Vital signs

Review of concomitant medications

SLAES (adverse events)

CGI-S and CGI-I
7 
STUDY PROCEDURES/EVALUATIONS 
7.1 
Study Assessments 
Parent Assessments 

Questionnaire Guidance Form: This form will give parents guidance on time frames and
specific instructions for how to complete the questionnaires. This form was created by study
staff with guidance from manuals from the standardized forms listed below.

Social Opportunities Questionnaire: This UNC created form asks parents to rate how
frequently their child has the opportunity to interact with different individuals in the
community, home, school and daycare/after-school setting. It also asks, of those
opportunities that their child has, does their child actually utilze those opportunities to
interact with individuals in a social manner.

Page 80 of 179 

Social Reciprocity Scale-2: This 65-item rating scale measures the severity of autism
spectrum symptoms as they occur in natural social settings (Constantino et al. 2003). Completed
by a parent or teacher in just 15 to 20 minutes, the SRS provides a clear picture of a child's social
impairments, assessing social awareness, social information processing, capacity for reciprocal
social communication, social anxiety/avoidance, and autistic preoccupations and traits. It is
appropriate for use with children from 4 to 18 years of age.
The SRS measures impairment on a quantitative scale across a wide range of severity--which is
consistent with recent research indicating that autism is best conceptualized as a spectrum
condition rather than an all-or-nothing diagnosis. The SRS-R will take the parent/caregiver/LAR
approximately 10 minutes to complete.

Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory (PDDBI- Full and PDDBI-
Screening Version) - The PDD-BI examines both adaptive and maladaptive behaviors related to
autism.  It has normative scores for children between 2 and 11 years.  For children 12
years and older, the norms (11 years, 11 months) will be used.  This should take the caregiver
approximately 10 minutes to complete. The screening version is a much shorter 18 item
questionnaire.

Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC)-The ABC focuses on problem behaviors in five
subdomains: irritability, attention, repetitive behaviors, unusual speech, and social
withdrawal.  This should take the caregiver approximately 10 minutes to complete.

Caregiver Strain Questionnaire (CSQ – Berument): The CSQ will assess family stress and
was developed for caregivers of children with developmental disabilities.  This should take the
caregiver approximately 5 minutes to complete.

Medication Diary: Caregivers will be asked to record each dose given to the child on a
written log. Caregivers will be asked to return this at each visit for the study team to review if
there are any medication compliance issues.

Parent Handout (Risks): Caregivers will be given an informational handout at baseline
(beginning of Randomized Phase) and again at month 6 (beginning of Open Label Phase). This
handout will describe possible symptoms to look for.

Dosing Guide/Medication Administration Form: Caregivers will be given an informational
handout that describes study drug administration and dosing guidelines. Participants will be
instructed to increase the dose per the titration schedule as long as there are no problems and will
be strongly encouraged to contact the study coordinator if there are any concerns.

Vineland Scales of Adaptive Functioning (2nd edition, survey form):  The VABS-II is a
survey administered to a parent or caregiver using a semi-structured interview format, and is
organized around four Behavior Domains: Communication, Daily Living Skills, Socialization,
and Motor Skills. The VABS-II will take the parent/caregiver/LAR approximately 20-60
(average 30) minutes to complete, depending on the subject’s age and level of functioning.

Childhood Anxiety Sensitivity Index (CASI): This scale is designed for measuring anxiety
sensitivity (i.e., the belief that anxiety symptoms have negative consequences
Physician/Clinician Assessments 

Clinical Global Impressions Scale:  Overall psychiatric functioning will be assessed with the
severity (CGI-S) and improvement (CGI-I) subscales of the CGI (Guy 1976).   CGI-S items
are rated from 1 (normal, not ill) to 7 (very severely ill).  CGI-I items are rated from 1 (very
much improved) to 7 (very much worse).

Page 81 of 179 
Physical Examination:  A physical examination will include abdominal palpation to assess for
liver enlargement, assessing for decreased tone and postural problems, increased drooling
and poor orofacial tone, problems holding head up as well, difficulty with coordination of
motor actions.

Concomitant Medication Log: At screening, the physician will make a list of any psychiatric
medications the subject has taken in the past and are currently taking.  Current medications will
be defined as any medications taken in the last month or being taken presently.  The
physician will record any changes to the subjects’ psychiatric and non-psychiatric
medications from baseline throughout the course of the study.
Inclusion/Exclusion: A checklist will be completed to ensure all inclusion and none of the
exclusion criteria are met.
DSM-V Checklist for Autism: The proposed DSM-V criteria for autism will be documented in
the form of a checklist for a clinician/physician to complete.
Family Medical History: This form will ask for information about genetic, mental health and
medical conditions of relatives of the subject.
Medical History: This form will ask about the subject’s medical history such as surgeries,
medical procedures etc.
Oxytocin Dosing Log: This log is completed by the physician to record all changes in dosing
of oxytocin. It will include start/stop dates of when the dose changes.
Trained Rater/Physician 

Systematic Longitudinal Adverse Events Scale (SLAES): systematic elicitation and screening of
adverse events will be completed using the SLAES. This will also be used at screening and
baseline to obtain a comprehensive psychiatric and medical history of the patient.

Female Reproductive Form: We will record the last menstrual period, document irregular
periods and verify continued use of two forms of birth control (if sexually active).

Vital Signs: Vital signs will be measured at each visit and will include heart rate, sitting blood
pressure, and temperature.
Stanford Binet (5th  edition): The Stanford-Binet intelligence scale is a standardized test that
assesses intelligence and cognitive abilities in children and adults aged two to 85+ years. The
Stanford-Binet Scale tests intelligence across four areas: verbal reasoning, quantitative reasoning,
abstract/visual reasoning, and short-term memory. The areas are covered by 15 subtests, including
vocabulary, comprehension, verbal absurdities, pattern analysis, matrices, paper folding and
cutting, copying, quantitative, number series, equation building, memory for sentences, memory for
digits, memory for objects, and bead memory. The abbreviated IQ (ABIQ) will be used for this
study and includes non verbal fluid reasoning and verbal knowledge subtests.
Mullen Early Scales of Learning (Mullen): Is for birth to 68 months and is designed to assess five
scales: Gross Motor, Visual Reception, Fine Motor, Expressive Language, and Receptive
Language
Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule-2 (ADOS-2): The ADOS is a semi-structured
assessment used to assess and diagnose individuals suspected of having autism of varying
ages, developmental levels, and language skills (from no speech to verbally fluent).  The
ADOS includes four modules, each requiring just 35 to 40 minutes to administer. The
individual being evaluated is given just one module, depending on his or her expressive
language level and chronological age.   The rater will observe social and communication
behaviors during various activities in the appropriate module.

Page 82 of 179 
Autism Diagnostic Interview, Revised (ADI-R): The ADI-R is a semi-structured, investigator-
based interview for caregivers of children and adults for whom autism or pervasive developmental
disorders is a possible diagnosis. The revised interview has been reorganized, shortened, modified
to be appropriate for children with mental ages from about 18 months into adulthood and linked to
ICD-10 and DSM-IV criteria. The detailed interview focuses on early development in social and
communication and self-help skills of the child, and takes approximately 2 hours to administer.
Demographics: Information such as age, race, ethnicity, family status and income will be
collected.
Electrocardiogram: Trained staff will collect an EKG on each subject and this will be read
and confirmed by a pediatric cardiologist.
Reading in the Mind’s Eye Task: This computerized task consists of a series of pictures of
eyes in which the subject needs to determine which emotion the eyes are expressing.
Self-Rating of Social Functioning: This staff created assessment consists of several questions
that asks the participant directly to reflect on their own experience with social skills.
DVD Training: This DVD is designed to show participants how to administer the medication
and also will give them guidance on how to complete the questionnaires.
Other 

GUID Record Form: This form will record the GUIDs that are obtained for the subject
and any parent who is willing to consent to have his/her blood take for the genetic
repository at NIMH

GUID Acquisition Form: This form is designed to obtain all the information necessary in
order to assign a GUID such as full name, date of birth, city of birth (as it is written on one’s birth
certificate).

Randomization Form: This form will be used by study staff to enter into the database in
order to determine if a subject is high functioning or low functioning for randomization purposes.

Social Skills Therapies Log: This form will record the number of hours in the previous
month that the child received social skills therapy.

Psychosocial Therapy Log: This form will record the number of hours in the previous
month that the subject received any additional psychosocial therapy such as ABA, equine therapy,
speech therapy etc.
7.2 
Laboratory Evaluations 
7.2.1 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 

Chemistry Panel: The chemistry panel will including glucose (random, non-fasting), CO2,
Cl, K, Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT. Total blood to be collected is 8.5mL in SST tube.

Pregnancy test: Will be serum completed at screening but can be done at any time
throughout the course of the study at the physician’s discretion. This will not require any
additional blood and will be collected as part of the above chemistry panel.

Plasma Oxytocin: We will assay plasma oxytocin levels using standard radioimmuno assays
in Dr. Pedersen’s lab in order to describe potential relationships between baseline levels and
treatment response.  We expect there to be minimal changes in plasma levels with intranasal

Page 83 of 179 
administration, since oxytocin is rapidly degraded. Total 7ml of blood drawn (one 7ml 
lavender top tube). 

Serotonin Levels: Serum serotonin levels will be measured by aliquoting 200uL of whole
blood from the methylation tube. No extra blood is needed for this.

Urinalysis: Only specific gravity is required, however a full urinalysis panel may be run at
the discretion of the physician.
7.2.2 
Duke Genetics (Optional) 
Optional Genetics Study: Dr. Gregory will perform the methylation and mRNA expression 
studies, For the methylation studies, DNA will be extracted from peripheral blood, bisulfite 
converted, PCR performed using primers targeted to the bisulfite-converted regions of the CpG 
islands in the promoter region and third intron of the OXTR gene, and the resulting clones 
sequenced to calculate percentage of methylation at each of the CpG sites.  Total RNA will be 
extracted from blood samples, RNA quality checked and quantitative PCR run after reverse 
transcription using primers for OTXR exon 2 and the OXT. We will use already collected samples 
(after running initial analysis of mRNA expression and methylation) for unspecified genetic 
analysis and also for other analyses to identify possible unspecified genetic factors that may 
influence response to oxytocin treatment. 

Total 8.5ml of blood drawn (one 2.5ml PAX gene tube and two 3ml lavender top tubes)
7.2.3. NIMH Genetic Repository (Optional) 
Subject: This sample will be obtained only once throughout the course of the study and is optional. 
It will be collected at the time of another blood draw, so no extra needle stick is needed. The 
sample will be collected by study staff and then shipped to NIMH’s genetic repository for testing. 
There will be a data sharing agreement in place. Total amount of blood to be drawn is 
7.0mL 
Biological Parent: Both biological parents (if available) will be asked if they would like to 
provide a sample for the NIMH genetic repository. If they agree, they will each be asked to sign 
a different consent form. This sample will be obtained only once throughout the course of the 
study and is optional. The sample will be collected by study staff and then shipped to NIMH’s 
genetic repository for testing. There will be a data sharing agreement in place. Total amount of 
blood to be drawn is 7.0mL 
8 
ASSESSMENTS OF SAFETY 
8.1 
Adverse Events 
ICH E6 defines an AE as any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation 
subject administered a pharmaceutical product regardless of its causal relationship to the study 
treatment.  An AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an abnormal 
laboratory finding), symptom, or disease temporally associated with the use of medicinal 
(investigational) product.  The occurrence of an AE may come to the attention of study personnel 

Page 84 of 179 
during study visits and interviews of a study subject presenting for medical care, or upon review 
by a study monitor. 
All AEs including local and systemic reactions not meeting the criteria for “serious adverse 
events” will be captured on the appropriate source documentaiton.  Information to be collected 
includes event description, time of onset, clinician’s assessment of severity, relationship to study 
product (assessed only by those with the training and authority to make a diagnosis, which would 
include MD, DDS, DMD, PA, Nurse Practitioner or DO), and time of resolution/stabilization of 
the event.  All AEs occurring while on study must be documented appropriately regardless of 
relationship.  All AEs will be followed to adequate resolution. Any medical condition that is 
present at the time that the subject is screened will be considered as baseline and not reported as 
an AE.  However, if it worsens at any time during the study, it will be recorded as an AE. 
All AEs must be graded for severity and relationship to study product. 
Severity of Event:  All AEs will be assessed by the clinician using a protocol defined grading 
system.  For events not included in the protocol defined grading system, the following guidelines 
will be used to quantify intensity. 

Mild: events require minimal or no treatment and do not interfere with the subject’s daily
activities.

Moderate: events result in a low level of inconvenience or concern with the therapeutic
measures.  Moderate events may cause some interference with functioning.

Severe: events interrupt a subject’s usual daily activity and may require systemic drug
therapy or other treatment.  Severe events are usually incapacitating.
Changes in the severity of an AE will be documented to allow an assessment of the duration of the
event at each level of intensity to be performed.  Adverse events characterized as intermittent
require documentation of onset and duration of each episode.
Relationship to Study Treatment: The clinician’s assessment of an AE's relationship to test 
article (study drug) is part of the documentation process, but it is not a factor in determining what 
is or is not reported in the study.  If there is any doubt as to whether a clinical observation is an 
AE, the event will be reported.  All AEs must have their relationship to study product assessed 
using the terms: associated or not associated.  In a clinical trial, the study product must always be 
suspect.  To help assess, the following guidelines are used. 

Certain: The adverse event and administration of the study drug are related in time, and a direct
association can be demonstrated.

Probably: The adverse event and administration of the study drug are reasonably related in time,
and the adverse event is more likely explained by the study drug than other causes

Possible: The adverse event and administration of the study drug are reasonably related in time,
and the adverse event can be explained equally well by causes other than study drug.

Unrelated: The adverse event is clearly explained by another cause not related to the study drug.
8.2 
Serious Adverse Events 
Serious Adverse Event (SAE): An SAE is defined as an AE that meets one of the following 
conditions: 

Death during the period of protocol-defined surveillance

Life-threatening event (defined as a subject at immediate risk of death at the time of the
event)

Page 85 of 179 

An event requiring inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization during
the period of protocol defined surveillance

Results in congenital anomaly or birth defect

Results in a persistent or significant disability/incapacity

Any other important medical event that may not result in death, be life threatening, or require
hospitalization, may be considered a serious adverse experience when, based upon appropriate
medical judgment, the event may jeopardize the subject and may require medical or surgical
intervention to prevent one of the outcomes listed above.  Examples of such medical events
include allergic bronchospasm requiring intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home,
blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in inpatient hospitalization, or the development
of drug dependency or drug abuse.
All SAEs will be:

recorded on the appropriate SAE CRF

followed through resolution by a study clinician

reviewed and evaluated by a study clinician.”
8.3 
Unanticipated Problems 
We will consider unanticipated problems involving risks to subjects or others to include, in 
general, any incident, experience, or outcome that meets all of the following criteria: 

unexpected (in terms of nature, severity, or frequency) given (a) the research procedures that
are described in the protocol-related documents, such as the IRB-approved research protocol and
informed consent document; and (b) the characteristics of the subject population being studied;

related or possibly related to participation in the research (in the guidance document, possibly
related means there is a reasonable possibility that the incident, experience, or outcome may have
been caused by the procedures involved in the research); and

suggests that the research places subjects or others at a greater risk of harm (including
physical, psychological, economic, or social harm) than was previously known or
recognized.
8.4 
Reporting Procedures: Serious Adverse Events 
Any AE considered serious by the PI or Subinvestigator or which meets the aforementioned 
criteria must be submitted on an SAE form to the Coordinating Center and the independent 
medical monitor on the following numbers: 
Coordinating Center Fax Line:  919-493-8985 
Coordinating Center Phone Number: 919-972-7500 
Coordinating Center E-mail: cheryl_alderman@med.unc.edu and lsikich@med.unc.ed 
Medical Monitor Email: eanagnostou@hollandbloorview.ca 
Medical Monitor Phone: 416-753-6005 
Medical Monitor Fax: 416753-6046 
The study clinician will complete a Serious Adverse Event Form within the following timelines: 

Page 86 of 179 

All deaths and immediately life-threatening events, whether related or unrelated, will be
recorded on the Serious Adverse Event Form and sent by fax within 24 hours of site
awareness.

Serious adverse events other than death and immediately life-threatening events, regardless
of relationship, will be reported by fax within 72 hours of site awareness.
Other supporting documentation of the event may be requested and should be provided as soon 
as possible. 
All SAEs will be followed until satisfactory resolution or until the PI or Subinvestigator deems 
the event to be chronic or the patient to be stable. 
8.5 
Stopping Procedures 
Subjects may be withdrawn for any of the following reasons: 

at the participant or guardian request

if moderate or severe adverse events occur that cannot be addressed by dose adjustment
or addition of concomitant medications

clinical worsening (much worse or very much worse on CGI-I) at two consecutive visits
unless explicitly discussed and agreed with SC and Medical Monitor that participant can continue
in the study.

study noncompliance

study physician discretion
8.6 
Safety Oversight 
8.6.1 Independent Medical Monitor 
Evdokia Anagnostou, MD has a wealth of experience in pediatric oxytocin administration as she 
has conducted many of her own trials. She will serve as the independent medical monitor for this 
study. She will review alarm values of labs and ECGs (to be defined by the medical monitor and 
the site PIs) and serious adverse events within 6 working days of their reporting and who will 
review all new treatment emergent adverse effects of moderate or greater severity three times a 
year prior to DSMB meetings.  She will be available to DSMB and to steering committee to 
discuss concerns about safety related to the 2 above activities. 
8.6.2 Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) 
The UNC TRACS Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) will monitor data from all sites. 
The principle role of the DSMB is to monitor the data from clinical trials to protect the safety of 
the research participants.  To achieve this, the DSMB will: a) establish a quarterly meeting 
schedule; b) review proposed protocols for safety and validity; c) evaluate recruitment and rate of 
enrollment in relation to the projected activity; d) monitor the occurrence of adverse events, 
serious adverse events, and early withdrawals or terminations throughout the course of the study; 
e) review with a designated research staff member the pattern of the study data; and f) evaluate
study outcomes, when available. It will be reviewed by the DSMB 3 times/year.

Page 87 of 179 
9 
CLINICAL MONITORING 
9.1 
Site Monitoring Plan 
Site monitoring will be conducted to ensure that the human subject protection, study procedures, 
laboratory, study intervention administration, and data collection processes are of high quality 
and meet the sponsor, ICH E6 and, when appropriate, regulatory guidelines.  This section will 
give a general description of how site monitoring will be conducted.  The data monitor will be 
housed at the Data Center at UNC Chapel Hill. The Data/Regulatory Monitor will monitor the 
database, with the data manager, in order to assess quality assurance and control issues, and will 
generate queries from the database. This individual will also monitor each site’s regulatory 
documents for completeness and accuracy (delegation of duties logs, 1572s, FDFs, general 
correspondence, IRB correspondence, laboratory values etc).  He/she will travel to each site at 
least once per year in Years 1 and 5 and separately twice per site each year for Years 2, 3 and 4 in 
order to monitor the study coordinators and the case report forms to ensure that data are collected 
completely and accurately.  He/she will ensure that queries are resolved.  He/she will also ensure 
that data is properly and accurately entered into the database. 
10 
STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
Dr. Hamer and Dr. Johnson will conduct and have ultimate responsibility for all data analysis 
described below.  All statistical computing will be done using the most recent version of SAS. Dr. 
Johnson will do most of the programming and perform most of the analyses, but Drs. Johnson and 
Hamer will be jointly responsible for all results.  The analyses described below will be performed 
on the intent-to-treat population.  Additional exploratory analyses may be performed on the per 
protocol population or key subsets of the sample (e.g. those participants 
without fluent phrase speech).  All data will be explored using descriptive statistics and graphical 
techniques prior to any hypothesis testing.  For categorical variables, we will examine frequency 
distributions and where appropriate contingency tables and histograms.  For continuous 
variables, we will examine frequency distributions and, where appropriate, box-and-whisker plots.  
When appropriate, we will consider transformation.  If necessary due to distributional 
considerations, we will cautiously consider a change of analysis method to a less parametric one. 
10.1 
Statistical Analysis 
General Modeling: Unless otherwise specified, we will fit a mixed longitudinal model with 
change from baseline to each post-baseline month for a response variable, functioning (low versus 
high) as the stratification variable, center as a blocking factor, treatment (oxytocin versus placebo) 
as the between-subjects factor, month as a within-subjects factor, their interaction, and baseline as 
a covariate.  We will choose between two kinds of models:  (1) a random coefficients model 
treating month continuously with random coefficients for the intercept, slope, and slope squared, 
and  an unstructured covariance matrix among them, and (2) an mixed model with repeated 
measures (MMRM) treating month categorically and examining unstructured, Toeplitz, AR(1), 
and compound symmetric covariance structures among months.  We will choose among these 
candidate models using an information criterion (AIC) while remaining blind to the 

Page 88 of 179 
significance of the treatment effect to avoid bias in the choice of model.  Distributional 
assumptions will be examined using residuals.  These mixed models could fail to converge or 
encounter difficulties based on their use of asymptotics.  If they do, we will attempt to simplify 
the models in order to eliminate the problems, and if necessary, move to analyses that assume 
compound symmetry, but use a Huynh-Feldt correction if compound symmetry fails. 
Missing Data: The mixed models used to evaluate the continuous response variables are able to 
handle moderate amounts of missing data provided they are missing at random.  We will examine 
the missing at random assumption by assessing baseline differences between dropouts and 
completers, as well as differences in response variables up to the point of premature withdrawal.  
If the missing at random assumption does not appear to be tenable, we will report the mixed 
models results but spend additional effort characterizing treatment effect at time of premature 
withdrawal. 
10.2 
Sample Size Considerations 
We will use a mixed longitudinal model for our primary analyses (see Statistical Analyses 
below). Since some aspects of the model such as covariance structure are unknown, we 
performed power and sample size calculations using a more conservative, simplified model 
corresponding to a two-group t-test on change scores.  We plan to analyze two co-primary 
outcome measures: the ABC-SW, which will provide consistency with pivotal trials of other 
medications hypothesized to improve ASD social symptoms, and the combined social score, 
which integrates ABC-SW symptoms with the new Pervasive Developmental Disorders 
Behavior Inventory-Screening Version SOCDEF raw score (PDDBI-SV, Cohen 2011, also see 
Outcome Measures) in order to fully capture the range of impairments in reciprocal social 
behaviors observed in ASD.  We will use an alpha of 0.025 to correct for two co-primary 
outcomes. SOARS-B is powered for Aim 1b to allow independent evaluation of oxytocin 
efficacy in low and high-functioning youth. 
Standard deviations of change scores for the ABC-SW range from ~5 to 9 in several large ASD 
intervention trials (Shea 2004; McCracken 2002; Owen 2009; Marcus 2009, King 2009; Aman 
2009).  We consider a between groups difference of 5-7 points in ABC-SW change scores to be 
clinically meaningful.  In our power calculations, we use conservative estimates of 9 points for the 
SD of ABC-SW change and 5 points for between group differences in ABC-SW changes 
(differential improvement on ~1/3 of items).  To achieve 80% power with an alpha of 0.025 on the 
ABC-SW, we will require 71 participants in each treatment group within the two strata. Thus, our 
total required sample for the ABC-SW in Aim 1b is 284.  We examined change in the combined 
social score in 30 3-17 year olds with ASD, 20 treated with aripiprazole and 10 medication-free 
controls.  The mean baseline value was 33.5 (17.2 SD) and the change overall was -10.7 (SD 
13.0), with a SD of change in each group of 11.9.  Within each treatment group, changes in the 
combined social score paralleled those in the ABC-SW and PDDBI-SV, but had less variability 
(Sikich, personal data).  We consider a between groups difference in the 
combined social measure changes of 10-12 to be clinically meaningful.  Conservative estimates 
using a SD of 15 and a between groups difference of 10 in the combined social score changes 
results in a larger effect size for the combined social measure than for the ABC-SW. 
Consequently, we should have at least 80% power.  A sample size of 300 will allow for 5% 
attrition between randomization and the first post-randomization visit.  Aims 1a, 3 and 4 consider 

Page 89 of 179 
all participants, resulting in much greater power than for Aim 1b.  The power of moderator 
analyses depends on the distribution of participant characteristics and variability in methylation 
and mRNA expression observed, which can’t be estimated reliably at this time. 
11 
SUBJECT CONFIDENTIALITY 
In order to protect confidentiality, only randomly assigned ID numbers rather than names will 
appear on clinically sensitive charts, files, and digital data. The key linking the numeric identifier 
and participant’s identity will be maintained on a separate drive that is double password 
protected and to which only the site PI and coordinator have access.  Contact information will be 
recorded separately in double password protected files with restricted access as above.  The code 
linking the names with the ID numbers will be securely protected with limited access. Medical 
records will be kept confidential with access granted only to those medical and research 
professionals directly involved with the study. If any scientific paper based on the data collected 
for this study is published, no information that could be linked to any single participant will be 
reported. Confidentiality will be protected to the fullest extent permitted by law.  All research 
personnel have completed HIPPA training for researchers and human ethics training. 
The samples for the methylation portion of the study (which will be sent to Simon Gregory’s team 
at Duke) will be single-coded, that is, labeled with a single specific code that does not carry any 
personal identifiers.  Single coding is the current standard used in clinical research and offers 
additional safeguards to the subject’s identifiers compared to the HIPAA authorization. With this 
method it is possible to trace the samples back to a given subject with the use of the single 
coding key.  The clinical study investigator is responsible for maintaining the coding key. This 
coding key will be stored separately from the research data. When stored electronically, it will be 
password protected as it will contain identifying information. The samples will also note the date 
of collection and visit number. 

Page 90 of 179 
12 
LITERATURE REFERENCES 
Aman, M. (1994). "Instruments for Assessing Treatment Effects in Developmentally Disabled Populations." 
Assessment in Rehabilitation and Exceptionality 1(1): 1-20. 
Aman, M. G., C. J. McDougle, et al. (2009). "Medication and Parent Training in Children With Pervasive 
Developmental Disorders and Serious Behavior Problems: Results From a Randomized Clinical Trial." Journal 
of the American Academy of Child &amp; Adolescent Psychiatry 48(12): 1143-1154. 
Aman, M. G., W. Kasper, et al. (2010). "Line-Item Analysis of the Aberrant Behavior Checklist: Results from Two 
Studies of Aripiprazole in the Treatment of Irritability Associated with Autistic Disorder." Journal of Child and 
Adolescent Psychopharmacology 20(5): 415-422. 
Aman, M.G., Singh, N.N., Stewart, A.W., Field, C.J. (1985). “The aberrant behavior checklist: a behavior rating 
scale for the assessment of treatment effects.” Am J Ment Defic 89(5):485-491. 
Anagnostou, E., Soorya, L., Chaplin, W., Bartz, J., Halpern, D., Wasserman, S., Wang, A. T., Pepa, L, Tanel, N., 
Kushki, A., Hollander, E. (2012). “Intranasal oxytocin versus placebo in the treatment of adults with autism 
spectrum disorders: a randomized controlled trial.” Molecular Autism 3(16):1-9. 
Andari, E., J. R. Duhamel, et al. (2010 ). "Promoting social behavior with oxytocin in high-functioning autism 
spectrum disorders." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 107(9): 4389-4394. 
Ansseau, M., Legros, J.J., Mormont, C., Cerfontaine, J.L., Papart, P., Geenen, V., Adam, F., Franck, G. (1987) 
“Intranasal Oxytocin in Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder” Psychoneuroendocrinology 12(3):231-236. 
Bales, K. L., A. D. Lewis-Reese, et al. (2007). "Early experience affects the traits of monogamy in a sexually 
dimorphic manner." Developmental Psychobiology 49(4): 335-342. 
Bales, K. L., J. A. van Westerhuyzen, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin has dose-dependent developmental effects on pair-
bonding and alloparental care in female prairie voles." Hormones and Behavior 52(2): 274-279. 
Bales, K. L., P. M. Plotsky, et al. (2007). "Neonatal oxytocin manipulations have long- lasting, sexually dimorphic 
effects on vasopressin receptors." Neuroscience 144(1): 38-45. 
Baron-Cohen, S., S. Wheelwright, et al. (2001). "The "Reading the Mind in the Eyes" Test revised version: a study 
with normal adults, and adults with Asperger syndrome or high- functioning autism." J Child Psychol 
Psychiatry 42(2): 241-251. 
Bartz, J. A., J. Zaki, et al. (2010). "Effects of oxytocin on recollections of maternal care and closeness." 
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 107(50): 21371-21375. 
Bartz, R. and C. Piantadosi (2010). "Clinical review: Oxygen as a signaling molecule." Critical Care 14(5): 234. 
Baskerville, T. A. and A. J. Douglas (2010). "Dopamine and Oxytocin Interactions Underlying Behaviors: Potential 
Contributions to Behavioral Disorders." CNS Neuroscience & Therapeutics 16(3): e92-e123. 
Baumgartner, T., M. Heinrichs, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin Shapes the Neural Circuitry of Trust and Trust Adaptation 
in Humans." Neuron 58(4): 639-650. 
Billstedt. E., I. C. Gillberg, & C. Gillberg (2007). “Autism after adolescence: population –based 13- to 22-year 
follow-up study of 120 individuals with autism diagnosed in childhood.” Journal of Autism and Developmental 
Disorders 35(3): 351-360. 

Page 91 of 179 
Brannan, A., C. Heflinger, et al. (1997). "The Caregiver Strain Questionnaire” 
Brown, E., M. Aman, et al. (2002). "Factor analysis and norms for parent ratings on the Aberrant Behavior 
Checklist-Community for young people in special education." Res Dev Disabil 23(1): 45-60. 
Buchheim, A., Heinrichs, M., George, C., Pokorny, D., Koops, E., Henningsen, P., O’Connor, M., Gundel, H. (2009). 
“Oxytocin enhances the experience of attachment security.” Psychoneuroendocrinology 34:1417-1422. 
Campbell, D., D. Datta, et al. (2011). "Association of oxytocin receptor (OXTR) gene variants with multiple 
phenotype domains of autism spectrum disorder." J Neurodev Disord 3(2): 101-112. 
Carter, C. S., E. M. Boone, et al. (2009). "Consequences of Early Experiences and Exposure to Oxytocin and 
Vasopressin Are Sexually Dimorphic." Developmental Neuroscience 31(4): 332-341. 
Carter, C.S., Sex differences in oxytocin and vasopressin: implications for autism spectrum disorders? Behav 
Brain Res, 2007. 176(1): p. 170-86. 
Ceponiene, R., T. Lepisto, et al. (2003). "Speech-sound-selective auditory impairment in children with autism: 
they can perceive but do not attend." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 100(9):5567-5572. 
Chen, F. S., M. E. Barth, et al. (2011). "Oxytocin Receptor (OXTR) Polymorphisms and Attachment in Human 
Infants." Front Psychol 2: 200. 
Cohen, I. (2003). “Criterion-Related Validity of the PDD Behavior Inventory.” Journal of Autism and 
Developmental Disorders 33(1):47-53. 
Cohen, I. (2011). PDD Behavior Inventory Screening Version (PDDBI-SV). Lutz, FL, PAR. 
Cohen, I. L., S. Schmidt-Lackner, et al. (2003). "The PDD Behavior Inventory: A Rating Scale for Assessing 
Response to Intervention in Children with Pervasive Developmental Disorder." J Autism Dev Disord 33(1): 31-
45. 
Constantino, J. (2009). "How continua converge in nature: cognition, social competence, and autistic 
syndromes." J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 48(2): 97-98. 
Constantino, J., T. Pryzbeck, et al. (2000). "Reciprocal social behavior in children with and without pervasive 
developmental disorders." J Dev Behav Pediatr 21(1): 2-11. 
Curley, J. P., S. Davidson, et al. (2009). "Social enrichment during postnatal development induces 
transgenerational effects on emotional and reproductive behavior in mice." Frontiers in Behavioral 
Neuroscience 3. 
Dawson, G., A. Meltzoff, et al. (1998). "Children with autism fail to orient to naturally occurring social stimuli." J 
Autism Dev Disord 28(6): 479-485. 
Dawson, G., L. Carver, et al. (2002). "Neural Correlates of Face and Object Recognition in Young Children with 
Autism Spectrum Disorder, Developmental Delay, and Typical Development." Child Development 73(3): 700-
717. 
Dawson, G., S. J. Webb, et al. (2004). "Young children with autism show atypical brain responses to fearful 
versus neutral facial expressions of emotion." Developmental Science 7(3): 340-359. 
Dawson, G., S. Webb, et al. (2005). "Neurocognitive and electrophysiological evidence of altered face processing 
in parents of children with autism: implications for a model of abnormal development of social brain circuitry 
in autism." Dev Psychopathol 17(3): 679-697. 
De Dreu, C. K. W., L. L. Greer, et al. (2010). "The Neuropeptide Oxytocin Regulates Parochial Altruism in 
Intergroup Conflict Among Humans." Science 328(5984): 1408-1411. 

Page 92 of 179 
De Dreu, C. K. W., L. L. Greer, et al. (2011). "Oxytocin promotes human ethnocentrism." Proceedings of the 
National Academy of Sciences 108(4): 1262-1266. 
Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, 1992.  Oxytocin in Obsessive Compulsive Disorder. Peptides 1992. 13: 1083-
1085. 
Di Simplicio, M., R. Massey-Chase, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin enhances processing of positive versus negative 
emotional information in healthy male volunteers." Journal of Psychopharmacology 23(3): 241-248. 
Ditzen, B., Schaer, M., Gabriel, B., Bodenmann, G., Ehlert, U., Heinrichs, M. (2009). “Intranasal Oxytocin 
Increases Positive Communication and Reduces Cortisol Levels During Couple Conflict.” Biological Psychiatry 
65:728-731. 
Domes, G., M. Heinrichs, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin Improves “Mind-Reading” in Humans." Biol Psychiatry 61(6): 
731-733. 
Epperson CN, McDougle CJ, Price LH, 1996a. Intranasal oxytocin in obsessive- compulsive disorder. Biol 
Psychiatry. 1996 Sep 15;40(6):547-9. 
Epperson CN, McDougle CJ, Price LH, 1996b, Intranasal oxytocin in trichotillomania. Biol Psychiatry. 1996 Sep 
15;40(6):559-60. 
Feifel D, et al., 2010, Adjunctive intranasal oxytocin reduces symptoms in schizophrenia patients.  Biol Psych. 
2010 Oct 1; 68(7): 678-80. Epub 2010 Jul 7. 
Fischer-Shofty, M., S. G. Shamay-Tsoory, et al. (2010). "The effect of intranasal administration of oxytocin on fear 
recognition." Neuropsychologia 48(1): 179-184. 
Gadow, K.D., & Sprafkin, J. (2009). The Symptom Inventories:  An annotated bibliography.  Stony Brook, NY: 
Checkmate Plus. 
Gimpl, G. and F. Fahrenholz (2001). "The Oxytocin Receptor System: Structure, Function, and Regulation." 
Physiological Reviews 81(2): 629-683. 
Goren, S. B. (1975). "The red eye." Postgrad Med 57(7): 179-182. 
Gotham, K., A. Pickles, et al. (2009). "Standardizing ADOS Scores for a Measure of Severity in Autism Spectrum 
Disorders." J Autism Dev Disord 39(5): 693-705. 
Green, L., D. Fein, et al. (2001). "Oxytocin and autistic disorder: alterations in peptide forms." Biol Psychiatry 
50(8): 609-613. 
Greene, D. J., Colich, N., Iacoboni, M., Zaidel, E, Bookheimer, S. Y., Dapretto, M. (2011). “Atypical neural 
networks for social orienting in autism spectrum disorders.” NeuroImage 56: 354-362. 
Gregory, S. G., J. J. Connelly, et al. (2009). "Genomic and epigenetic evidence for oxytocin receptor deficiency in 
autism." BMC Med 7: 62. 
Grelotti, D. J., I. Gauthier, et al. (2002). "Social interest and the development of cortical face specialization: What 
autism teaches us about face processing." Developmental Psychobiology 40(3): 213-225. 
Guastella, A. J., P. B. Mitchell, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin Enhances the Encoding of Positive Social Memories in 
Humans." Biol Psychiatry 64(3): 256-258. 
Guastella, A. J., S. L. Einfeld, et al. (2010). "Intranasal oxytocin improves emotion recognition for youth with 
autism spectrum disorders." Biol Psychiatry 67(7): 692-694. 

Page 93 of 179 
Hall, S. S., A. A. Lightbody, et al. (2011). "Effects of intranasal oxytocin on social anxiety in males with fragile X 
syndrome." Psychoneuroendocrinology. 
Heinrichs, M., T. Baumgartner, et al. (2003). "Social support and oxytocin interact to suppress cortisol and 
subjective responses to psychosocial stress." Biol Psychiatry 54(12):1389-1398. 
Higashida, H., O. Lopatina, et al. (2010). "Oxytocin signal and social behaviour: comparison among adult and 
infant oxytocin, oxytocin receptor and CD38 gene knockout mice." J Neuroendocrinol 22(5): 373-379. 
Hollander, E., A. T. Phillips, et al. (2003). "Targeted treatments for symptom domains in child and adolescent 
autism." The Lancet 362(9385): 732-734. 
Hollander, E., J. Bartz, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin increases retention of social cognition in autism." Biol Psychiatry 
61(4): 498-503. 
Insel, T. R. (2010). "The challenge of translation in social neuroscience: a review of oxytocin, vasopressin, and 
affiliative behavior." Neuron 65(6): 768-779. 
Jacob, S., C. W. Brune, et al. (2007). "Association of the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR) in Caucasian children and 
adolescents with autism." Neurosci Lett 417(1): 6-9. 
Jin, D., H.-X. Liu, et al. (2007). "CD38 is critical for social behaviour by regulating oxytocin secretion." Nature 
446(7131): 41-45. 
Keri, S., Kiss, I., Kelemen O. (2009). “Sharing secrets: Oxytocin and trust in schizophrenia.” Social Neuroscience 
4(4):287-293. 
King, B. H., E. Hollander, et al. (2009). "Lack of Efficacy of Citalopram in Children With Autism Spectrum 
Disorders and High Levels of Repetitive Behavior: Citalopram Ineffective in Children With Autism." Arch Gen 
Psychiatry 66(6): 583-590. 
Kirsch, P., C. Esslinger, et al. (2005). "Oxytocin Modulates Neural Circuitry for Social Cognition and Fear in 
Humans." The Journal of Neuroscience 25(49): 11489-11493. 
Kosfeld, M., et al., Oxytocin increases trust in humans. Nature, 2005. 435(7042): p. 673-6. 
Lerer, E., S. Levi, et al. (2010). "Low CD38 expression in lymphoblastoid cells and haplotypes are both associated 
with autism in a family-based study." Autism Research 3(6):293-302. 
Liu, H. X., O. Lopatina, et al. (2008). "Locomotor activity, ultrasonic vocalization and oxytocin levels in infant 
CD38 knockout mice." Neurosci Lett 448(1): 67-70. 
Liu, X., Y. Kawamura, et al. (2010). "Association of the oxytocin receptor (OXTR) gene polymorphisms with 
autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in the Japanese population." J Hum Genet 55(3): 137-141. 
Lord, C., M. Rutter, et al. (2001). Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS). Torrance, CA, Western 
Psychological Services. 
MacDonald, K. and T. M. MacDonald (2010). "The Peptide That Binds: A Systematic Review of Oxytocin and its 
Prosocial Effects in Humans." Harvard Review of Psychiatry 18(1): 1-21. 
Marcus, R., Owen, R., Kamen, K., Manos, G., McQuade, R. D., Carson, W. H., Aman, M. G. (2009) “A Placebo-
Controlled, Fixed-Dose Study of Aripiprazole in Children and Adolescents with Irritability Associated with 
Autistic Disorder.” Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 48(11):1110-1119. 
McCracken, J. T., J. McGough, et al. (2002). "Risperidone in Children with Autism and Serious Behavioral 
Problems." New England Journal of Medicine 347(5): 314-321. 

Page 94of 179 
Miyan, J. A., M. Nabiyouni, et al. (2003). "Development of the brain: a vital role for cerebrospinal fluid." 
Canadian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology 81(4): 317-328. 
Modahl, C., L. Green, et al. (1998). "Plasma oxytocin levels in autistic children." Biol Psychiatry 43(4): 270-277. 
Moos, F., D. A. Poulain, et al. (1989). "Release of oyxtocin within the supraoptic nucleus during the milk ejection 
reflex in rats." Experimental Brain Research 76(3): 593-602. 
Morris, J. F. and M. Ludwig (2004). "Magnocellular Dendrites: Prototypic Receiver/Transmitters." J 
Neuroendocrinol 16(4): 403-408. 
Mullen, E. M. (1995). Mullen Scales of Early Learning. Circle Pines, MN, American Guidance Service Inc. 
Munesue, T., S. Yokoyama, et al. (2010). "Two genetic variants of CD38 in subjects with autism spectrum 
disorder and controls." Neuroscience Research 67(2): 181-191. 
Ohnishi, T., H. Matsuda, et al. (2000). "Abnormal regional cerebral blood flow in childhood autism." Brain 123(9): 
1838-1844. 
Owen, R., L. Sikich, et al. (2009). "Aripiprazole in the treatment of irritability in children and adolescents with 
autistic disorder." Pediatrics 124(6): 1533-1540. 
Pant, D., Vohra, V. K., Pandey S. S., Sood, J. (2009) “Pulseless electrical activity during caesarean section under 
spinal anesthesia: a case report of severe anaphylactic reaction to Syntocinon.” International Journal of 
Obstetric Anesthesia 18:85-88. 
Pedersen CA, Gibson CM, Rau SW, Salimi K, Smedley KL, Casey Rl, Leserman J, Jarskog LF, Penn DL, (2011). 
Intranasal oxytocin reduces psychotic symptoms and improves theory of mind and social perception in 
schizophrenia. Schizophr Res. 2011 Oct;132(1):50-3. Epub 2011 Aug 15. 
Petrovic, P., R. Kalisch, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin attenuates affective evaluations of conditioned faces and 
amygdala activity." The Journal of Neuroscience 28(26): 6607-6615. 
Riebold, M., D. Mankuta, et al. (2011). "All-trans retinoic acid upregulates reduced CD38 transcription in 
lymphoblastoid cell lines from Autism spectrum disorder." Mol Med 17(7-8): 799-806. 
Rimmele, U., K. Hediger, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin makes a face in memory familiar." The Journal of Neuroscience 
29(1): 38-42. 
Risi, S., C. Lord, et al. (2006). "Combining information from multiple sources in the diagnosis of autism spectrum 
disorders." Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 45(9): 1094-1103. 
Roid, G. H. “Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scales (SB5), Fifth Edition”. Riverside Publishing. 
Rutter, M., A. LeCouteur, et al. (2003). Autism Diagnostic Interview, Revised (ADI-R). Torrance, CA, Western 
Psychological Services. 
Sala, M., D. Braida, et al. (2011). "Pharmacologic rescue of impaired cognitive flexibility, social deficits, increased 
aggression, and seizure susceptibility in oxytocin receptor null mice: a neurobehavioral model of autism." Biol 
Psychiatry 69(9): 875-882. 
Sallows G. O. & T. D. Graupner (2005). “Intensive Behavioral Treatment for Children With Autism: Four-Year 
Outcome and Predictors.” American Journal on Mental Retardation 110(6): 417-438. 
Sasson, N. J., L. M. Turner-Brown, et al. (2008). "Children with autism demonstrate circumscribed attention 
during passive viewing of complex social and nonsocial picture arrays." Autism Res 1(1): 31-42. 

Page 94 of 179 
Sasson, N., J. Elison, et al. (2011). "Brief report: circumscribed attention in young children with autism." J Autism 
Dev Disord 41(2): 242-247. 
Sasson, N., N. Tsuchiya, et al. (2007). "Orienting to social stimuli differentiates social cognitive impairment in 
autism and schizophrenia." Neuropsychologia 45(11): 2580-2588. 
Savaskan, E., et al., Post-learning intranasal oxytocin modulates human memory for facial identity. 
Psychoneuroendocrinology, 2008. 33(3): p. 368-74. 
Scott-Van Zeeland, A. A., M. Dapretto, et al. (2010). "Reward processing in autism." Autism Res 3(2): 53-67. 
Shea, S., A. Turgay, et al. (2004). "Risperidone in the treatment of disruptive behavioral symptoms in children 
with autistic and other pervasive developmental disorders." Pediatrics 114(5): e634-e641. 
Sparrow, S., A. Balla, et al. (2005). Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Second Edition (Vineland-II). Circle Pines, 
MN, AGS 
Sprafkin, J., K. D. Gadow, et al. (2002). "Further evidence of reliability and validity of the child symptom 
inventory-4: parent checklist in clinically referred boys." Journal of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology 
31(4): 513-524. 
Szatmari P., S. E. Bryson, et al. (2003). “Predictors of outcome among high functioning children with autism and 
Asperger Syndrome.” Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry 44(4): 520-528. 
Takayanagi, Y., M. Yoshida, et al. (2005). "Pervasive social deficits, but normal parturition, in oxytocin receptor-
deficient mice." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 102(44): 16096-16101. 
Tanaka, K., Osako, Y., Yuri, K. (2010). “Juvenile Social experience regulates central neuropeptides relevant to 
emotional and social behaviors. Neuroscience. 166: 1036-1042. 
Tansey, K. E., Brookes, K.J., Hill, M. J., Cochrane, L.E., Gill, M., Skuse, D., Correia, C., Vicente, A., Kent, L., 
Gallagher, L., Anney, R. J. L. (2010). “Oxytocin receptor (OXTR) does not play a major role in the aetiology of 
autism: Genetic and molecular studies.” Neuroscience Letters 474:162-167. 
Theodoridou, A., A. C. Rowe, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin and social perception: Oxytocin increases perceived facial 
trustworthiness and attractiveness." Hormones and Behavior 56(1):128-132. 
Tops, M., M. H. Van IJzendoorn, et al. (2011). "Oxytocin receptor gene associated with the efficiency of social 
auditory processing." Frontiers in Psychiatry(2): 60. 
Tribollet, E., S. Charpak, et al. (1989). "Appearance and transient expression of oxytocin receptors in fetal, infant, 
and peripubertal rat brain studied by autoradiography and electrophysiology." The Journal of Neuroscience 
9(5): 1764-1773. 
Unkelbach, C., A. J. Guastella, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin selectively facilitates recognition of positive sex and 
relationship words." Psychol Sci 19(11): 1092-1094. 
Veening, J. G., T. de Jong, et al. (2010). "Oxytocin-messages via the cerebrospinal fluid: Behavioral effects; a 
review." Physiology &amp; Behavior 101(2): 193-210. 
Venter, A., C. Lord, & E. Schopler (1992). “A follow-up study of high-functioning autistic children.” Journal of 
Child Psychology and Psychiatry 33(3): 489-507. 
Waterhouse, L., D. Fein, et al. (1996). "Neurofunctional mechanisms in autism." Psychol Rev 103(3): 457-489. 
Wermter, A. K., I. Kamp-Becker, et al. (2010). "Evidence for the involvement of genetic variation in the oxytocin 
receptor gene (OXTR) in the etiology of autistic disorders on high- functioning level." Am J Med Genet B 
Neuropsychiatr Genet 153B(2): 629-639. 

Page 95of 179 
Whitehouse, A. J. O. and D. V. M. Bishop (2008). "Do children with autism ‘switch off’ to speech sounds? An 
investigation using event-related potentials." Developmental Science 11(4): 516-524. 
Wu, S., M. Jia, et al. (2005). "Positive association of the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR) with autism in the 
Chinese Han population." Biol Psychiatry 58(1): 74-77. 
Yrigollen, C. M., S. S. Han, et al. (2008). "Genes controlling affiliative behavior as candidate genes for autism." 
Biol Psychiatry 63(10): 911-916. 
Zak, P. J., A. A. Stanton, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin Increases Generosity in Humans." PLoS One 2(11): e1128. 
Zak, P. J., R. Kurzban, et al. (2005). "Oxytocin is associated with human trustworthiness." Hormones and 
Behavior 48(5): 522-527. 

Page 96 of 179 
Final SOARS-B Protocol, Version 6.0 
Dated March 21, 2016 

Page 97 of 179
Study of Oxytocin in Autism to improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors 
(SOARS-B) 
Protocol Number 111604-3 
Protocol Version: 6.0 
Sponsored by the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Institute for Child Health and Human Development 
Under  
Cooperative Agreement 1U01HD073984-01 
Linmarie Sikich, MD ─ Lead Principal Investigator 
Associate Professor, Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Division of Child and Family 
Mental Health 
Duke University Duke Center for Autism and Brain Development 
Alexander Kolevzon, MD – Site Principal Investigator 
Mount Sinai School of Medicine 
Christopher McDougle, MD – Site Principal Investigator 
Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital 
Jeremy Veenstra-VanderWeele, MD, PhD – Site Principal Investigator 
Columbia University 
Zachary Warren, PhD – Site Co-Principal Investigator 
Vanderbilt University 
Kevin Sanders, MD – Site Co-Principal Investigator 
Vanderbilt University 
Bryan King, MD – Site Principal Investigator 
Seattle Children’s Hospital Research Institute 
Russ Dean, MS – Data Center Principal Investigator 
The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Department of Psychiatry 
Simon Gregory, PhD – Genetics Center Principal Investigator 
Duke University  
Katerina Tsilou, MD, Scientific Collaborator, NICHD 
Alice Kau, PhD, Program Officer, NICHD 
Cheryl Alderman, BS, CCRP, Project Manager 

Page 98 of 179
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE 
This study will be carried out in accordance with Good Clinical Practice (GCP) as required by the 
following (use applicable regulations depending on study location and sponsor requirements; 
samples follow): 
United States (US) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) applicable to clinical studies (45 CFR Part 
46, 21 CFR Part 50, 21 CFR Part 56, and 21 CFR Part 312) 
ICH E6; 62 Federal Register 25691 (May 9, 1997) 
NIH Clinical Terms of Award 
All key personnel (all individuals responsible for the design and conduct of this study) have 
completed Human Subjects Protection Training. 

Page 99 of 179
SIGNATURE PAGE 
The signature below constitutes the approval of this protocol and the attachments, and provides the 
necessary assurances that this trial will be conducted according to all stipulations of the protocol, 
including all statements regarding confidentiality, and according to local legal and regulatory 
requirements and applicable US federal regulations and ICH guidelines. 
*Site Investigator: __________________________________ (name)
Signed: 
Date: 
* The protocol should be signed by the clinical site investigator who is responsible for the day to day
study implementation at his/her specific clinical site; i.e., if Investigational New Drug (IND) study, the
individual who signs the Form FDA 1572.

Page 100 of 179
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
Page 
Statement of Compliance .................................................................................................................2 
Signature Page .................................................................................................................................3 
Table of Contents .............................................................................................................................4 
Protocol Summary ...........................................................................................................................7 
Key Roles .........................................................................................................................................8 
1 
Introduction: Background Information and Scientific Rationale ..........................................10 
1.1 
Background Information ...........................................................................................10 
1.2 
Rationale ...................................................................................................................10 
1.3 
Potential Risks ..........................................................................................................13 
2 
Objectives .............................................................................................................................17 
2.1 
Specific Aims ............................................................................................................17 
2.2 
Study Outcome Measures .........................................................................................18 
2.2.1 Primary Outcome Measures ..........................................................................18 
2.2.2 Secondary Outcome Measures ......................................................................19 
2.2.3 Additional Exploratory Outcome Measures .................................................19
3 
Study Design .........................................................................................................................20 
4 
Study Enrollment and Withdrawal........................................................................................21 
4.1 
Subject Inclusion Criteria .........................................................................................21 
4.2 
Subject Exclusion Criteria ........................................................................................21 
4.3 
Rational for Exclusion and Inclusion Criteria ..........................................................22 
4.4 
Strategies for Recruitment and Retention .................................................................23 
4.5 
Treatment Assignment Proceedures .........................................................................24 
4.5.1 Randomization Procedures ...........................................................................24 
4.5.2 Masking Procedures ......................................................................................25 
5 
Study Intervention/Investigational Product ..........................................................................25 
5.1 
Study Product Description ........................................................................................25 
5.1.1 Acquisition ....................................................................................................25 
5.2 
Dosage, Preparation and Administration of Study Intervention/Investigational 
Product ......................................................................................................................25 
5.2.1 Suggested Titration ..........................................................................................26 
         5.2.2 Dose Deviations from Titration Schedule…………………………………...26 
5.2.3 Weaning the Dose at Completion of Trial .......................................................26 
5.2.4 Interrupting Dose .............................................................................................27 
5.3 
Accountability Procedures for the Study Intervention/Investigational Product(s) ...28 
5.4 
Assessment of Subject Compliance with Study Intervention/Investigational  
Product ......................................................................................................................28 
5.5 
Blinding/Unblinding .................................................................................................28 

Page 101 of 179
5.6       Concomitant Medications/Treatments ......................................................................29 
6 
Schedule of Events ................................................................................................................30 
6.1 
Screening...................................................................................................................31 
6.2 
Randomized Double-Blind Treatment Phase: Oxytocin or Placebo (week 0-24) ....32 
6.3 
Open-Label Treatment Phase ....................................................................................36 
6.4 
Follow-Up Phase .......................................................................................................41 
6.5 
Early Termination Visit ............................................................................................42 
6.6 
Unscheduled/Re-Evaluation Visit .............................................................................42 
6.7       Unscheduled Assessments ........................................................................................42 
         6.8       Interrupted Treatment Assessments ..........................................................................43 
7 
Study Procedures/Evaluations ..............................................................................................43 
7.1 
Study Evaluations .....................................................................................................43 
7.2 
Laboratory Evaluations .............................................................................................47 
7.2.1 Clinical Laboratory Evaluations ...................................................................47 
7.2.2 Duke Genetics ...............................................................................................47 
7.2.3 NIMH Genetic Repository (Optional) ..........................................................48 
8 
Assessment of Safety ............................................................................................................48 
8.1 
Adverse Events .........................................................................................................48 
8.1.1 TEAS.............................................................................................................48 
8.1.2 Suicidality Assessment .................................................................................49 
8.2 
Reportable Events .....................................................................................................50 
8.2.1 Adverse Events ................................................................................................50 
8.2.2 Unanticipated Problems ...................................................................................50 
8.2.3 Pregnancy.........................................................................................................51 
8.2.4 Serious Suicidal Ideation.................................................................................51 
8.2.5 Alert Lab/EKG Values.....................................................................................51 
8.3       Reporting Procedures ................................................................................................51 
8.3.1 Treatment Sites Reporting to Duke……………………………………..……51 
         8.3.2 Duke Reporting Requirements to Other Regulatory Bodies…………………52 
8.4 
Stopping Procedures .................................................................................................53 
8.5 
Safety Oversight .......................................................................................................53 
8.5.1 Independent Medical Monitor.......................................................................53 
8.5.2 Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) .......................................................53 
8.5.3 Overall Study Stopping Criteria....................................................................54 
8.5.4 Cardiac Monitoring Plan ...............................................................................54 
9 
Clinical Monitoring ...............................................................................................................54 
9.1 
Site Monitoring Plan .................................................................................................54 
10 
Statistical Considerations ......................................................................................................55 
10.1 
Statistical Analysis ....................................................................................................55 
10.2 
Sample Size Considerations ......................................................................................56 
11 
Subject Confidentiality .........................................................................................................56 
12 
Optional PK protocol ............................................................................................................57 

Page 102of 179
13 
Appendix A ...........................................................................................................................59 
14 
Summary of Protocol Changes .............................................................................................60 
15 
Literature References ............................................................................................................67 

Page 103 of 179
PROTOCOL SUMMARY 
Title: 
Study of Oxytocin in Autism to improve Reciprocal Social 
Behaviors 
Synopsis: 
This Phase 2 study will evaluate oxytocin as a supplemental 
treatment for improving social difficulties in individuals with 
autism. 
Objectives: 
We will randomly assign 300 individuals between the ages of 3 -
17 years old with an autism spectrum disorder to 24 weeks of 
treatment with oxytocin or a matched placebo across six sites in 
the United States. Subsequently all participants will receive 
open-label oxytocin for 24 additional weeks.  Post-treatment 
assessments will be done ~4 weeks after treatment stops.  We 
will also determine OXTR methylation status at baseline, 8 
weeks, 24 weeks and 36 weeks to explore potential relationships 
between OXTR methylation and baseline severity of social 
problems and/or treatment response. 
Population: 
300 subjects, male or female, ages 3-17 with an autism spectrum 
disorder 
Phase: 
2  
Number of Sites: 
6 treatment sites  
Description of Agent 
or Intervention: 
Oxytocin, intranasal (8IU to 80IU daily) 

Page 104 of 179 
Key Roles 
Individuals: 
Overall Principal Investigator:   
Linmarie Sikich, MD 
Associate Professor 
Associate Director 
Duke Center for Autism and Brain Development 
Duke University 
Medical Monitor:  
Evdokia Anagnostou, MD 
Child Neurologist 
Clinician Scientist, Bloorview Research Institute 
Assistant Professor, Department of Pediatrics 
Program Official:   
Alice Kau, PhD 
Program Officer 
Eunice Kennedy Shriver Institute for Child Health and 
Development (NICHD) 
 Manager:   
Cheryl Alderman, BS, CCRP 
Clinical Research Manager 
Duke Center for Autism and Brain Development 
Duke University 
Treatment Centers: 
Principal Investigators:   
Bryan King, MD 
Seattle Children’s Research Institute 
Christopher McDougle, MD 
Lurie Center 
Massachusetts General Hospital 

Page 105 of 179
Data Center: 
Genetics Center 
Jeremy Veenstra-VanderWeele, MD 
Columbia University 
Alex Kolevzon, MD 
Mount Sinai School of Medicine 
Kevin Sanders, MD 
Vanderbilt University 
Principal Investigator:   
Russ Dean, MS 
Department of Psychiatry 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill 
Principal Investigator:  
Simon Gregory, PhD 
Duke University 

Page 106 of 179
1 
INTRODUCTION: BACKGROUND INFORMATION AND SCIENTIFIC RATIONALE 
1.1 
Background Information 
There is a tremendous unmet need for accessible treatments that address core symptoms of ASD and are 
safe for sustained use, especially for the population of nonverbal individuals who require the most 
intensive lifelong support.  We have created the ACE SOARS Network to provide the infrastructure 
necessary to meet this need on an ongoing basis.  Our initial clinical trial, described in this application, 
is SOARS-B (the Study of Oxytocin in ASD to improve Reciprocal Social Behaviors).  SOARS-B will 
test a very promising potential treatment−intranasal oxytocin−for ASD’s fundamental social 
communication deficits in a large, highly generalizable group of verbal and nonverbal children.  
SOARS-B will also provide information about the regulation of DNA methylation and transcription of 
the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR), as well as other genes relevant to oxytocin’s CNS activity, as a 
function of time and in response to oxytocin treatment. These data will fill a key gap in our 
understanding of oxytocin’s role in ASD and its ability to alter epigenetic modifications of OXTR.  
 1.2 
Rationale 
THE SOCIAL MOTIVATION MODEL OF ASD PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 
 
Difficulties in social orienting are evident across auditory and visual modalities and across the 
lifespan in ASD (Dawson, Meltzoff et al. 1998; Dawson, Webb et al. 2004; Sasson, Turner-Brown et al. 
2008; Whitehouse and Bishop 2008).  Electrophysiologic studies have found that individuals with ASD 
can attend to social stimuli if instructed to do so, but that they do not do so spontaneously (Ceponiene, 
Lepisto et al. 2003).  In contrast, typically developing individuals give preferential attention to social 
stimuli, processing them faster with greater brain activation in prefrontal cortex than nonsocial stimuli 
(Goren 1975; Greene, Colich et al. 2011).  Youth with ASD show slower processing of social versus 
nonsocial stimuli and the rate inversely correlates with the magnitude of social impairments (Dawson, 
Webb et al. 2004).  Individuals with ASD also appear to experience reduced relative rewards from 
interpersonal interactions.  In contrast to their typically developing peers, children with ASD prefer 
looking at pictures of inanimate objects to looking at pictures of people(Sasson, Turner-Brown et al. 
2008; Sasson, Elison et al. 2011)   They also fail to activate the ventral striatum, which is the center of 
the brain’s reward circuit, in response to social rewards whereas high levels of activation are evoked by 
social rewards in typically developing children(Scott-Van Zeeland, Dapretto et al. 2010).  Further, when 
presented with social stimuli, children with ASD show reduced rather than increased activity in the 
prefrontal cortex, which assesses the relative value of a reward (Greene, Colich et al. 2011).  The extent 
of reduction correlates with the severity of social and communication impairments in children with ASD 
(Dawson, Meltzoff et al. 1998; Ohnishi, Matsuda et al. 2000).  These differences, as well as ASD’s 
clinical presentation, have led to the hypothesis that ASD is related to a fundamental impairment in 
social motivation (Waterhouse, Fein et al. 1996; Dawson, Carver et al. 2002; Grelotti, Gauthier et al. 
2002; Dawson, Webb et al. 2005).   
THE ROLE OF OXYTOCIN IN SOCIAL BEHAVIOR 
 
Oxytocin is the brain’s most abundant neuropeptide.  It can act as a classical neurotransmitter, a 
neuromodulator and a hormone with actions throughout the body (Gimpl and Fahrenholz 2001; 
Baskerville and Douglas 2010; Veening, de Jong et al. 2010).  Oxytocin’s half-life in the plasma is 1-2 
minutes compared to ~30 minutes in the CSF.  Central release of oxytocin is dependent upon CD38 and 
dramatically stimulates further release of oxytocin (~1000 fold) and increases the number of oxytocin-
containing cells in the periventricular nucleus.  Together these factors lead to long lasting oxytocin 

Page 107 of 179
elevations throughout the brain following acute increases in CSF oxytocin.  One of oxytocin’s major 
central actions is to activate the brain’s reward circuit by increasing dopamine release from the ventral 
tegmental area to the ventral striatum, amygdala and hippocampus.  Its neuromodulatory actions appear 
to result primarily from somatodendritic release with binding to oxytocin receptors that are widely 
distributed throughout the limbic region and prefrontal cortex.  Differential species-specific patterns of 
social behavior appear related to the distribution and density of oxytocin and vasopressin receptors in 
the brain. Oxytocin can bind vasopressin receptors, although it is unknown to what it extent it does so 
normally.  Oxytocin also can increase expression of oxytocin and vasopressin receptors in the brain 
although these effects are often sexually dimorphic and highly regulated by hormones and interleukins 
(Moos, Poulain et al. 1989; Tribollet, Charpak et al. 1989; Miyan, Nabiyouni et al. 2003; Morris and 
Ludwig 2004; Bales, Plotsky et al. 2007; Bales, van Westerhuyzen et al. 2007; Carter 2007; Carter, 
Boone et al. 2009).  Social isolation and social stress somewhat later, during the post-weaning period, 
also have sexually dimorphic effects on the number of oxytocin and vasopressin neurons (Bales, Lewis-
Reese et al. 2007; Tanaka, Osako et al. 2010).   
 
 In animal models including primates, oxytocin has been demonstrated to increase eye contact, social 
approach, social recognition, social memory, and generosity and to reduce stress responses (Takayanagi, 
Yoshida et al. 2005; Liu, Lopatina et al. 2008; Insel 2010).  Oxytocin also influences social behavior in 
people(Macdonald and Macdonald 2010).  Exogenous oxytocin increases gaze to eye regions, social 
cognition, social memory, positive communication, empathy, perceptions of trustworthiness, and 
cooperation within one’s own group (Kosfeld, Heinrichs et al. 2005; Zak, Kurzban et al. 2005; Domes, 
Heinrichs et al. 2007; Zak, Stanton et al. 2007; Baumgartner, Heinrichs et al. 2008; Guastella, Mitchell 
et al. 2008; Petrovic, Kalisch et al. 2008; Savaskan, Ehrhardt et al. 2008; Unkelbach, Guastella et al. 
2008; Di Simplicio, Massey-Chase et al. 2009; Ditzen, Schaer et al. 2009; Keri, Kiss et al. 2009; 
Rimmele, Hediger et al. 2009; Theodoridou, Rowe et al. 2009; De Dreu, Greer et al. 2010; Fischer-
Shofty, Shamay-Tsoory et al. 2010; Guastella, Einfeld et al. 2010).  Intranasal oxytocin also reduces 
cortisol; perceived stress, amygdala activation to threatening social images, and tolerance of ethnic 
differences (Heinrichs, Baumgartner et al. 2003; Kirsch, Esslinger et al. 2005; Petrovic, Kalisch et al. 
2008; De Dreu, Greer et al. 2010; De Dreu, Greer et al. 2011).  However, some of these effects, 
including enhancement of social memories and secure attachment, may be limited to individuals with 
less robust prosocial behaviors initially (Buchheim, Heinrichs et al. 2009; Bartz, Zaki et al. 2010; Bartz 
and Piantadosi 2010).  Allelic variations in OXTR have also been correlated with infant attachment, 
social auditory processing, empathy and prosocial decision making (Lerer, Levi et al. 2010; Chen, Barth 
et al. 2011; Tops, van Ijzendoorn et al. 2011). 
OXYTOCIN’S POTENTIAL ROLE IN ASD 
 
Multiple variations in the oxytocin signaling system have been associated with ASD relative to 
controls.  Allelic variations in the CD38 gene, which is required for central release of oxytocin, and in 
OXTR have been identified, some of which also have been correlated with cognition and functioning in 
individuals with ASD (Green, Fein et al. 2001; Wu, Jia et al. 2005; Jacob, Brune et al. 2007; Yrigollen, 
Han et al. 2008; Andari, Duhamel et al. 2010; Lerer, Levi et al. 2010; Liu, Kawamura et al. 2010; 
Munesue, Yokoyama et al. 2010; Tansey, Brookes et al. 2010; Wermter, Kamp-Becker et al. 2010; 
Campbell, Datta et al. 2011; Riebold, Mankuta et al. 2011).  Modestly greater (~ 20-40%) OXTR 
methylation relative to controls has been found in two small, independent ASD samples (Gregory, 
Connelly et al. 2009).  Reduced plasma oxytocin and CD38 mRNA expression have also been reported 
in ASD (Modahl, Green et al. 1998; Jin, Liu et al. 2007).  
 
Oxytocin has shown promise for modifying social behavior in mouse models for ASD and in people 
with ASD and related disorders.  In the Otxr null mouse, a single dose of oxytocin improved social 

Page 108 of 179 
deficits, reduced aggression and reduced vulnerability to dmg-induced seizmes, apparently acting 
through the vasopressin IA receptor. Further, in these mice, repeated doses of oxytocin improved 
reversal learning, indicating enhanced cognitive flexibility (Sala, Braida et al. 2011) . A single dose of 
oxytocin also improved social deficits in Cd38 null mice (Higashida, Lopatina et al. 2010). In Fragile 
X, which is frequently comorbid with ASD, oxytocin improved gaze avoidance and reduced co1iisol 
elevations elicited by social interaction (Hall, Lightbody et al. 2012). In high functioning individuals 
with ASD, single doses of oxytocin enhanced attention to faces and eyes, visual and audito1y affect 
recognition, the ability to distinguish whether others were being cooperative, and preference for 
interacting with receptive individuals (Hollander, Baiiz et al. 2007; Andari, Duhamel et al. 2010; 
Guastella, Einfeld et al 2010). Oxytocin challenge also reduced self-repo1ied compulsive and repetitive 
behaviors(Hollander, Phillips et al. 2003). Sustained oxytocin treatment has been repo1ied to improve 
ASD symptoms in one child (Munesue, Yokoyama et al 2010)). In the only pilot study of sustained 
oxytocin treatment cmTently completed, affect recognition accmacy improved three times as much with 
6 weeks of oxytocin treatment as had been repo1ied in Andai·i's single dose study (Anagoustou in 
prepai·ation, network preliminaiy data). An 8-week blinded study of oxytocin in 24 children with ASD 
has been completed at UNC. 
OUR WORKING MODEL 
The above evidence regarding impainnents in social orienting and social reward in ASD, oxytocin's 
role in social orienting and social motivation, and vai·iability in vai·ious aspects of oxytocin signaling 
among people with ASD, together with extensive preliminaiy evidence that supplemental oxytocin can 
impact social behaviors in ASD, have led to the fo1mulation of om working model (Figme 1). We 
postulate that ASD pathophysiology acts to fundamentally alter social orienting and decrease the relative 
value ascribed to social rewai·ds resulting in limited social motivation. Reduced social motivation leads 
to a vicious cycle of reduced social opportunities, reduced leaining from social feedback, reduced skills 
and functional abilities and worsening of ASD's core social communication symptoms, which farther 
reduces social motivation. We hypothesize that sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment will positively 
modify the earliest pa1is of this cycle - social orienting and the value of social rewai·ds - and dismpt the 
cycle leading to improvements in the core social and communication impaiiments of ASD. 
Figure 1: Model of ASD Social Symptom Pathophysiology & Proposed Mechanism of Oxytocin Treatment 
ASD Pathophysi ology 
Hypothesized symptom course 
in ASO without treatment 
Hypothesized impact on course 
with oxytocin treatment 
abilities 
ASD'score i
social-
communication 
deficits 

Page 109 of 179
1.3 
Potential Risks 
There is limited information about the safety of sustained use of oxytocin, although more information is 
emerging on a daily basis. Indeed, the objective of specific Aim 2 is to provide such information, 
gathered prospectively in a systematically elicited fashion.  
Oxytocin has been reported to exert a large number of effects in the body and the brain (Gimpl & 
Fahrenholz 2001). The classic physiological effects of oxytocin in humans as well as all placental 
mammals are uterine contractions and milk ejection.  These are conclusively known to occur only under 
the hormonal conditions at the end of pregnancy and postpartum when oxytocin receptors proliferate in 
the uterus and mammary tissue and lactogenesis occurs.  Theoretically, oxytocin administration could 
cause uterine contractions during phases of the menstrual cycle when estrogen levels are relatively high 
or in women who are receiving estrogen.  This, however, has never been demonstrated or reported. IV 
administration of Oxytocin is FDA approved for induction or facilitation of labor and postpartum 
contraction of the uterus. Intranasal oxytocin spray is also available in other countries to facilitate 
nursing in new mothers.  Intranasal oxytocin also was FDA approved as a lactation aid in the United 
States until 1995 when it was withdrawn from the US market by the company that manufactured it, 
Novartis.  This was a business decision and the FDA has confirmed no safety concerns were involved in 
this decision.   
A number of adverse effects have been reported in the context of these two clinical applications, 
primarily with intravenous administration of oxytocin, which include anaphylactic reaction, 
hypertension, hypotension, cardiac arrhythmias, nausea and vomiting, afibrinogenemia and associated 
bleeding and, in the context of prolonged intravenous administration of oxytocin, hyponatremia. There 
has also been at least one report of life-threatening anaphylaxis during surgery when multiple drugs 
were being intravenously infused simultaneously (D. Pant, et al, 2009).  Symptoms that may result from 
anaphylaxis include generalized hives, itchiness, or flushing; crampy abdominal pain, diarrhea, and 
vomiting; a feeling of anxiety and impending doom; swelling of the lips, tongue, throat resulting in 
shortness of breath, wheezes or stridor, and low oxygen; a drop in blood pressure that may result in a 
feeling of lightheadedness and loss of consciousness; reduced muscle tone with possible loss of bladder 
control; and, most seriously, coronary artery spasm may occur with subsequent myocardial infarction or 
cardiac dysrhythmia and possible death.  There is also a case report of psychosis occurring during 
oxytocin treatment of a man with obsessive compulsive disorder (Ansseau, Legros et al. 1987), although 
there are two completed pilot studies in schizophrenia that have reported reduction of psychotic 
symptoms(Feifel, Macdonald et al. 2010) – using a TDD of 40 IU during week 1, followed by a TDD of 
80 IU for 2 weeks in 16 people; (Pedersen, Gibson et al. 2011) using TDD 48 IU for 2 weeks in 7 
people) with no significant adverse events. There are a limited number of published, sustained oxytocin 
treatment studies in adults with other diseases (Denboer and Westenberg 1992) (Epperson, McDougle et 
al. 1996; Epperson, McDougle et al. 1996)(Den Boer 1992, Epperson 1996a, Epperson 1996b, none of 
which report significant adverse effects. 

Page 110 of 179
Evidence for safety of sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in ASD 
Placebo controlled safety data of sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in people with ASD is available 
from one adult study (Anagnostou, Soorya et al. 2012) and two currently unpublished trials: the 
Anagnostou adult study (10 on TDD 48 IU oxytocin for 6 weeks, 9 on placebo), a trial conducted by 
Adam Guastella, personal communication 2012 (26 teens on total daily dose [TDD] 24 IU oxytocin for 
8 weeks, 24 on placebo), and the UNC Autism Speaks pilot trial in 3-17 year olds (12 on oxytocin with 
TDD ranging between 4 IU and 64 IU for 8 weeks and 13 on placebo) and 24 on open label oxytocin 
TDD up to 48 IU for 8 weeks.  
Adverse events observed during the double blind and open-label phases of the UNC oxytocin pilot study 
are shown in Table 1.  Pink shading indicates events that were numerically more common in the 
oxytocin group than the placebo group.  Green shading indicates events that were numerically more 
common in the placebo group.  We also have been able to access the raw adverse event data from the 
two non UNC trials and have aggregated it to provide adverse event data on 48 individuals with ASD 
exposed to oxytocin for at least 6 weeks and 46 individuals with ASD treated with placebo.  This 
aggregation, shown in Table 2, found low rates of adverse events in both oxytocin and placebo groups 
and no signal for greater adverse events with oxytocin treatment.  None of these studies identified any 
significant or systematic changes in electrolytes or vital signs.  The apparently higher rates in the UNC 
Pilot study probably reflect differences in the methods of assessing adverse events.  The UNC pilot 
study used systematic elicitation of adverse events (same instrument as proposed for SOARS-B trial) 
and the other studies used spontaneous report or much more limited questionnaires.  
Table 1.  Treatment Emergent Adverse Effects in UNC Pilot study of children with ASD (subjects 
ages 3 -17 years old) 
Events of Moderate or Severe 
Intensity (Treatment Emergent)
8 Weeks OXYTOCIN
Emergent by 
week 8
8 Weeks 
PLACEBO
Emergent by 
week 8
16 Weeks OXYTOCIN 
Emergent b/w
weeks 8-16
8 Weeks PLACEBO + 8 
Weeks OXYTOCIN 
Emergent b/w weeks 
8-16
Diarrhea
2 (16.7%)
0
0
0
Allergies
1 (8.3%)
0
1 (9.1%)
1 (7.7%)
Mood Lability
1 (8.3%)
1 (7.7%)
1 (9.1%)
3 (23.1%)
Weight Increased
1 (8.3%)
0
0
0
Insomnia, Initial
3 (25.0%)
2 (15.4%)
0
0
Insomnia, Mid/ Terminal
3 (25.0%)
2 (15.4%)
1 (9.1%)
0
Agitation
2 (16.7%)
1 (7.7%)
1 (9.1%)
1 (7.7%)
Aggression or Hostility
1 (8.3%)
4 (30.8%)
1 (9.1%)
1 (7.7%)
Anger/ Irritability
1 (8.3%)
3 (23.1%)
1 (9.1%)
3 (23.1%)
Oppositional
2 (16.7%)
3 (23.1%)
1 (9.1%)
2 (15.4%)
Low frustration tolerance
1 (8.3%)
2 (15.4%)
0
1 (7.7%)
↓  Attention/   Concentration
1 (8.3%)
2 (15.4%)
0
0
Accidental Injury
1 (8.3%)
2 (15.4%)
0
0
Hyperactivity
0
1 (7.7%)
0
0
Apathy
0
0
0
1 (7.7%)
Rituals/ Repetitive Behaviors
0
0
0
1 (7.7%)

Page 111 of 179 
Table 2. Aggregated adverse events with sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in ASD 
Adverse Events 
6-8Weeks
Placebo 
Oxytocin
(n=46) 
(n=48) 
Increased Allergies 
6% 
2% 
Nausea 
6% 
2% 
Insomnia 
6% 
4% 
Vomiting 
4% 
2% 
Shortness of Breath 
4% 
2% 
Agitation 
2% 
0 
Absence Seizure 
8% 
17% 
Increased Thirst 
8% 
11% 
Increased Urination 
2% 
9% 
Aggression 
2% 
9% 
Fatigue 
0 
4% 
Diarrhea 
4% 
7% 
Lightheaded 
4% 
7% 
Oppositionality 
4% 
7% 
Mood Lability 
0 
2% 
Cough 
0 
2% 
Rash 
0 
2% 
Increased anxiety/Panic attack 
0 
2% 
Increased social withdrawal 
0 
2% 
Increased tTics 
0 
2% 
Increased Appetite 
0 
2% 
Decreased Appetite 
6% 
7% 
Headache 
6% 
7% 
Irritability 
2% 
2% 
Decreased Attention 
2% 
2% 
Increased Restlessness 
2% 
2% 
Disinhibition 
2% 
2% 
Low Frustration Tolerance 
2% 
2% 
Increased Crying 
2% 
2% 
There is also preliminaiy safety data regai·ding even more extended oxytocin treatment for up to 6 
months in children with ASD available by personal communication from an ongoing trial funded by 
the US Depai·tment of Defense being conducted by Evdokia Anagnostou in 11 youth 10-17 years 
treated for up to 6 months treated with oxytocin. There have been no significant lab abno1malities in 
these paiiicipants. Three (14%) have shown increases in initability or mood lability and one has had 
increased allergy symptoms. 
Blood Draw Risks: 
During laboratory blood draws the risks involved ai·e pain, brnising, and rai·ely, infection at the 
location where the blood was taken. This risk will be minimized by having a trained professional 
take each pa1iicipant's blood. We will attempt to avoid these risks by using aseptic techniques, and 
applying pressure after the phlebotomy. A local anesthetic may be used to reduce associated pain if 

Page 112 of 179
the participant wishes to use it. If a subject becomes nervous or agitated about the phlebotomy 
procedures, we will utilize an anti-anxiety medication to calm subjects who may be nervous.  
Psychological/Psychiatric Risk: 
This patient population can be at risk for worsening of psychiatric/psychological symptoms that may 
be attributed to their mental illness alone, medication non-adherence, or a number of other causes 
that may not be related to this study.  The Principal Investigator will use clinical judgment to assess 
each treatment emergent adverse event and determine intensity and relatedness to the study.  In cases 
of worsening of symptoms patients may require inpatient hospitalization.  If the study doctor feels 
that the subject is at serious risk for hurting themselves or others, he/she can ask a judge to allow the 
participant to be hospitalized against his/her will. Subjects may become frustrated during study 
procedures.  Research staff will work to ensure that all directions and questions are easy to 
understand for subjects who have intellectual difficulties.  Subjects will be allowed breaks, if 
needed.   
Since this is a large trial of oxytocin that will require patient involvement for up to 52 weeks (1 
year), it is suggested that a subject’s psychiatric care will be assumed by the study physician. 
However, this can be determined by site as some institutions have different regulations surrounding 
psychiatric care and research participation.  
Confidentiality Risk 
The potential indirect risks are related to loss of confidentiality and could include someone such as 
an insurance agency or employer learning that the participant has a serious mental illness with 
resulting potential stigmatization.  It is also possible that public knowledge of this diagnosis or its 
documentation in the medical record could lead to inability to obtain insurance coverage at 
reasonable rates in the future.  
Additional risk for biomarker/genetics portion: 
There are no additional needle sticks for this portion of the study. However, the additive in the DNA 
collection tube can be irritating if it contacts the skin so special care will be taken so that, during the 
blood draw, the additive in the tube doesn’t flow out into the collection needle. 
2 OBJECTIVES 
The ACE SOARS Network’s immediate goals are to translate these exciting findings regarding 
oxytocin’s neurobehavioral effects into an evidence-based, widely accessible intervention for ASD’s 
fundamental impairments in reciprocal social behaviors and to identify factors that differentially 
influence response to oxytocin treatment in ASD.  Our central hypothesis is that intranasal oxytocin 
will partially reverse the early pathophysiologic alterations in social orienting and the salience of social 
rewards present in ASD, which lead to decreased social motivation and ultimately to ASD’s core social 
communication impairments, thereby enhancing reciprocal social behaviors (see Figure 1, in Impact 
section).  Sustained improvements in social motivation and social reciprocity are expected to facilitate 
communication and learning and ultimately improve functioning.  We will accomplish our immediate 
goals by conducting SOARS-B, a large (n=300) randomized, double-blind trial of sustained (24 week 
treatment with intranasal oxytocin in children 3-17 years old with ASD and examining clinical and 
biological factors that may predict or enhance response.  Regardless of SOARS-B’s outcome, its 
results will significantly impact the care of people with ASD by definitively testing a very promising 

Page 113 of 179
translational treatment strategy in a highly generalizable sample.  The moderator analysis is likely to 
support treatment personalization.  The exploratory epigenetic studies will enhance understanding of 
the regulation of key biological pathways in ASD and facilitate development of future treatments.  
2.1 Specific Aims 
Specific Aim 1: Determine the efficacy of intranasal oxytocin treatment in children with ASD.   
Analysis 1a: Compare oxytocin treatment to placebo for improving reciprocal social behaviors.   
Hypothesis:  oxytocin will reduce maladaptive social behaviors and increase prosocial behaviors.  
Analysis 1b: Compare oxytocin treatment to placebo for improving reciprocal social behaviors 
separately in subgroups of children who have significant language impairment and intellectual 
disability and those whose language and intellectual abilities are in the normal range at baseline.   
Hypothesis:  oxytocin’s actions on the social reward system are unrelated to verbal or cognitive 
abilities. 
Analysis 1c: Compare the treatments’ enhancement of social motivation, cognitive skills and 
functioning. Hypothesis: oxytocin will increase social motivation, improving acquisition of cognitive 
and functional skills. 
Specific Aim 2: Provide information about the safety and tolerability of intranasal oxytocin.  
Analysis 2a: Compare incidence and severity of treatment emergent adverse effects, clinically 
significant laboratory and electrocardiogram changes, serious adverse events and treatment 
discontinuation due to tolerability issues over 24 weeks in the oxytocin and placebo groups.  
Analysis 2b: Tabulate these safety indicators during 24 weeks of open oxytocin treatment 
Specific Aim 3: Identify clinical or biological traits that preferentially influence response to 
oxytocin. 
Analysis 3a:  Determine if baseline age influences behavioral changes more in the oxytocin group. 
Hypothesis: the magnitude of changes observed depends on both intervention efficacy and brain 
plasticity.  
Analysis 3b: Determine if baseline OXTR methylation levels predict level of behavioral improvement. 
Working hypothesis: greater OXTR methylation decreases oxytocin receptor density and increases the 
amount of oxytocin required to bind available receptors and elicit optimal reciprocal social behaviors. 
Analysis 3c: Determine if other baseline traits or intervening experiences interact preferentially with 
oxytocin 
Exploratory Aim 4: Describe the changes in OXTR methylation and mRNA expression of genes 
related to oxytocin signaling occurring over 24 weeks with oxytocin and placebo treatment.   
Rationale: understanding the regulation of oxytocin signaling will facilitate development of novel 
treatments. 
2.2 Study Outcome Measures 
2.2.1 
Primary Outcome Measures 
Our primary outcome is reciprocal social behaviors, which we will assess using two co-primary 
measures.  The first measure is the ABC-SW subscale, which is being used in other clinical trials 
focusing on the core social and communication symptoms of autism.  The other measure is the 

Page 114 of 179
Sociability Factor (SF), a combined measure derived from 13 items of the ABC-SW, which 
primarily captures aloof, and avoidant behaviors, and the Pervasive Developmental Disorders 
Behavior Inventory-Screening Version (PDDBI-SV, Cohen 2011), a recently developed measure 
which assesses both maladaptive social problems and social skills. The PDDBI-SV is comprised of 
18 items included in the older, more comprehensive Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior 
Inventory (PDD-BI, Cohen 2003). The PDDBI-SV assesses both social impairments typically 
associated with the active but odd subtype of ASD and development of pro-social skills that are 
integral to improved reciprocal social behavior.  The PDDBI-SV results in a raw SOCDEF score, 
which is the sum of the reverse-scored social skills and the regularly-scored problems, and a 
SOCDEF T score.  In marked contrast to the PDD-BI’s age-based standard scores (for children 1.5 
and 12.5 years old), the PDDBI-SV SOCDEF score does not change with age in individuals with 
ASD.  The PDDBI-SV has been validated in original PDD-BI development sample of 311 children 
1-17 years old and a recently-acquired sample that includes 145 youth between 13 and 15 years old,
90 between 16 and 19 years, and 59 between 20 and 40 years (Cohen 2011, personal
communication).  The sociability factor SF will be calculated by discarding the three lethargy items
from the ABC-SW (questions 3, 32, and 53, which all assess reduced physical movement), summing
the 13 remaining items of the ABC-SW subscale, and adding it to the PDDBI-SV raw SOCDEF
score.  The sociability factor SF is derived from two well-validated instruments and has face validity
for capturing the full range of impairments in reciprocal social behaviors observed in ASD.  We
chose not to use the Social Responsiveness Scale (SRS), which was developed to provide a
quantitative measure of social impairments typically observed in ASD in children 3-18 years old,
because it has been demonstrated to be quite stable over time (Constantino, Przybeck et al. 2000;
Constantino 2009) and no intervention studies have clearly demonstrated its sensitivity to change.
2.2.2 
Secondary Outcome Measures 
Secondary Outcome Measures: We will use the SRS Social Motivation subscale to assess 
oxytocin’s hypothesized mechanism of action.  Cognitive skills will be assessed using the Stanford 
Binet-5th Edition (SB-5) (Roid 2003).  If a child cannot complete the routing tests on the SB-5, they 
will be assessed using the Mullen. Functional skills including communication will be assessed using 
the standard score of the Vineland 2 adaptive behavior composite and all its subscales, the Caregiver 
Strain Questionnaire total and subscale scores (Brannan, Heflinger et al. 1997) and, in verbally 
fluent youth, a 7 item questionnaire being piloted to assess participant satisfaction with their social 
relationships, which is included in the appendix. The specific components of these measures tested 
in Aim 1c are SRS Social Motivation subscale, the NV IQ or Mullen Early Learning Composite 
standard score, and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Composite.  Other subscales of the ABC, 
Caregiver Strain Questionnaire and SRS measures will be analyzed in an exploratory way.  
2.2.3 
Additional Exploratory Outcome Measures 
Additional Clinical Assessments: In order to provide a comprehensive assessment of the clinical 
features of children in the trial we will also perform several other assessments.  The Clinical Global 
Impressions – Improvement (CGI-I) score, which is routinely used in pharmacologic clinical trials, 
will capture the study physician’s global impression of response. We will also incorporate a 
continuous visual analog scale of change in three key areas of overall functioning (similar basis for 
assessment as CGI-I), social communicative functioning, and repetitive behaviors and restricted 

Page 115 of 179 
interests that is rated with reference to the individual participant’s baseline characteristics.  We will 
also incorporate the Reading the Mind in the Eyes Task (Baron-Cohen, Wheelwright et al. 2001) 
into our analysis, which has been shown to be sensitive to both single and sustained doses of 
oxytocin (Domes, Heinrichs et al. 2007). However, its use is restricted to high-functioning 
individuals who can verbally identify specific emotions. We will also obtain the other SRS-2 
subscales to specifically assess its sensitivity to change in comparison to other outcomes. All 
concomitant medications and behavioral or alternative medication therapies will be recorded at each 
visit.  Assessment of treatment-emergent adverse effects will utilize the systematic longitudinal 
adverse effects scale developed by Sikich and described in the oxytocin treatment section. We will 
also determine the reason for premature discontinuation of treatment and physician, caregiver 
judgment regarding the child’s treatment group. 
Biologic Outcome Measures:  We will obtain blood, urine and vital signs from participants at 
regular intervals in order to assess the safety of oxytocin.  In addition, we obtain blood from 
participants at screening and weeks 8, 24 and 36 that will used to assess oxytocin levels, OTXR 
methylation status and to assess mRNA expression.  We will obtain saliva at the same time points to 
perform salivary oxytocin levels.  We will also determine whole blood serotonin at screening, weeks 
8 and 24.  
Potential interacting factors:  We will assess potential environmental factors that may interact with 
oxytocin treatment through caregiver reports.  We are particularly interested in social skills 
treatments, interventions the child receives outside of the school setting and social opportunities 
outside of school settings for interactions with peers, adults who are not caregivers/treatment 
providers, and caregivers/treatment providers.  We will also examine potential interactions between 
antipsychotic treatment, stimulant treatment, -adrenergic treatment and oxytocin treatment.  
3 Study Design 
SOARS-B is a large (n =300) randomized, placebo-controlled trial of sustained (24 week), flexible 
dose intranasal oxytocin treatment in children 3 to 17 years old with ASD.  The primary aim is to 
determine the efficacy of oxytocin for improving reciprocal social behaviors in the entire sample and 
the low- and high-functioning subgroups.  Social motivation, cognitive skills and functional 
behaviors will be secondary outcomes.  We will examine safety during the double-blind phase and 
the 24 week open extension phase.  The second major aim of the study is to identify whether 
participant baseline clinical and biological characteristics such as age and extent of OXTR 
methylation preferentially influence response to supplemental oxytocin.  In post-hoc exploratory 
analyses, we will examine the influence of intervening processes, such as concomitant antipsychotic 
or social skills treatments that are likely to be randomly distributed between the oxytocin and 
placebo groups, on oxytocin response.  Finally, participants will be assessed approximately 4 weeks 
after the last dose of oxytocin (~week 53-55)to assess safety and follow up on any 
unresolved/continuing adverse events. The target dose will be 48/0 IU total daily dose (TDD), which 
will typically be achieved by week 8 during the blinded phase and week 28  in the open label phase 
according to a recommended titration schedule.  However, doses will be flexible with slowing of the 
titration, alteration of the dosing administration times, reduction of dose and increases beyond the 
target dose (after 7 weeks of target dose treatment) allowed according to specific guidelines. 

Page 116 of 179
Figure 2: SOARS-8 Study Design 
SCREEN 
PHASE 1: DOUBLE-BLIND 
PHASE 2: OPEN TRMT
PHASE 3: FU 
ASSESSES: 
EFF1CACY, SAFElY, MODERATORS 
LONG-TERM SAFETY & BENEFITS 
OFF TREATMENT 
-.---11!11111----,■■ 
Mi'1,,,142w/High-functioning 
I -1- i ___ J _ .,/ / 
l 
LACEBO 
l 
l 
•
T 
.. 
t 
♦ 
Screen• 
Stratified Randomization 
WO 
W4 
ws• 
W16 
W20 
•indicates safety labs and genetic sample taken. Primary outcome assessed at bolded time points. 
4 STUDYENROLLMENTANDWITHDRAWAL 
4.1 Subject Inclusion Criteria 
w24• W28 
W36* 
W48• W53-55 
Be between the ages of 3 years O months and 17 years 11 months at the time of randomization 
Be diagnosed by clinician experienced in assessment of ASD with an autism spectnun disorder using 
DSM-5-TR criteria 
Have a clinical diagnosis of ASD confomed either using the Autism Diagnostic Observation Scale-2 
(ADOS-2) or the Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R, Rutter, 2003). For subjects who do 
not meet criteria on either, but the clinician still believes to have ASD, those individuals may be 
included if the SC agrees. 
Have a guardian who is able to provide info1med consent 
If cognitively able, subject must be able to provide info1med assent/consent 
4.2 Subject Exclusion Criteria 
•
Have a known diagnosis of Rett Syndrome or Childhood Disintegrative Disorder
•
Have marked senso1y impainnent such as deafness or blindness. Legal blindness is defined
as a visual acuity of 20/200 or less and central visual field of 20 degrees or less with both
eyes open. Profound deafness is defined as a flat audiogram.
•
Have active cardiovascular disease or renal disease that is not controlled by medication
•
Subjects who are pregnant, lactating, or who refuse to practice contraception if sexually
active
•
Subjects who have had changes in allied health therapies, behavioral or educational
interventions within the two months prior to randoinization other than those associated with
school holidays
•
Subjects who have had changes in psychiatric medications within 4 weeks of randoinization

Page 117 of 179 

Subjects who have had previous treatment with chronic intranasal oxytocin (daily dosing
more than 1 month)Subjects who have caretakers who are unable to speak English, be
consistently present at visits to report on symptoms, or are otherwise judged as unable to
comply with the protocol by the data collection site team

Subjects with active seizures within the 6 months preceding screening or baseline.
4.3 
Rationale for Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria 
Frequently when large trials are done with a very specific subpopulation, no further studies are done 
to explore response in other subgroups because of the large cost of such trials and public frustration 
with studies perceived as duplicative and incremental.  However, families and clinicians caring for 
individuals from untested subgroups often struggle to make treatment decisions without any specific 
evidence regarding efficacy or safety.  Therefore, we have made the entry criteria for participation in 
this trial as broad and generalizable as possible.  We will conduct secondary post-hoc analyses of 
various clinical and biological factors that might typically be excluded (eg. concomitant 
antipsychotic treatment, Fragile X) instead.  This approach will provide the greatest amount of 
clinically relevant information regarding sustained oxytocin treatment in shortest amount of time 
possible.   
We also will allow psychotropic medications with strong evidence of efficacy for treating problem 
behaviors or psychiatric disorders frequently associated with ASD (specifically antipsychotics, 
anticonvulsants, stimulants, and other medications approved for ADHD) to increase generalizability.  
We will allow agents that influence serotonergic neurotransmission or specifically impair reward 
pathways in the brain (eg. naltrexone) in order to make the study results more generalizable to the 
actual autism population, ensure a diverse sample and increase recruitment. While there is minimal 
evidence to support efficacy in ASD symptoms, the truth is that community practitioners are 
prescribing these agents to children and adolescents with ASD.   
We chose not to require a minimal baseline score on the Aberrant Behavior Checklist –social 
withdrawal subscale (ABC-SW,(Aman, Singh et al. 1985)) due to concerns this would exclude many 
people with ASD, even though such a threshold would increase comparability with an ongoing trial 
also targeting ASD’s core social behaviors and might increase the probability of observing ABC-SW 
changes.  Also, diagnosis of ASD requires significantly impaired reciprocal social behavior.    
We are including very young children because we believe they are likely to demonstrate 
significantly greater functional improvements than older children are as a result of increased 
intervention services and greater brain plasticity.  We believe that the careful titration schedule and 
close adverse effect monitoring, along with a dosing administration handout that staff will provide to 
participants) will provide sufficient safety for this vulnerable population.  Further, the prospective, 
systematically elicited information about safety in young children gained in this study will inform 
the design of future trials and off label use in young children.   
We are including children with low cognitive functioning because there is no rationale for believing 
that they would be less likely to respond to oxytocin treatment.  Such children are seldom included 
in clinical trials and desperately need effective treatments to reduce their suffering.  We expect that 
we will still be able to measure social reciprocity which will be valuable in studying the effects of 
oxytocin on children with autism of varying cognitive functioning. 

Page 118 of 179
We will exclude subjects with non-English speaking caretakers because our staff is not qualified (i.e. 
they are not fluent in other languages) to explain the study to non-English speaking subjects. In 
addition, many of the pencil and paper assessments used to diagnose the included diagnoses have not 
been normed with non-English speaking populations. Thus, the measures may not be as appropriate, 
valid, and/or reliable for non-English speaking subjects. 
We are excluding children who are deaf and blind because part of the outcome measures are child 
rated (ie: reading in the mind’s eye and self-rating of social functioning). Children who are blind 
and/or deaf would not have reliable testing for these measures and therefore invalidate that data 
during analysis. If it is unclear if a subject is blind or deaf, we will refer them to an external provider 
for further testing prior to enrolling the subject.  
We will exclude individuals who have uncontrolled seizures (ie: seizure activity within the past 6 
months prior to baseline or screening). This is an added safety measure to ensure that any individuals 
with seizures have them properly under control prior to randomization. 
4.4 
Strategies for Recruitment and Retention 
Before the study is initiated, it will be approved by the Institutional Review Board (IRB) at each 
treatment site and the Network DSMB.  All of the subjects and their parent/guardian will provide 
consent/assent for participation in this study.  In addition to the informed consent requirements, per 
the Privacy Rule (HIPAA) regulations, research participants will provide a written “authorization” to 
use their Protected Health Information (PHI) in connection with research.  In requesting an 
authorization from potential participants, investigators will specify how the information will be used 
and how the privacy of that information will be protected.  The researcher obtaining Informed 
Consent will thoroughly review the consent form with the child and his or her parents, including 
study procedures and potential risks and benefits of study participation.  The child and parents will 
be encouraged to ask questions throughout the process. It will be emphasized that research is 
voluntary and that the subject can opt out of this project at any time without jeopardizing his/her 
treatment.  Participants who turn 18 during their participation in the study and who have the 
cognitive capacity to read and understand the consent form, and whose parents do not have legal 
guardianship of them, while participating in this study will be re-approached by one of the physician 
investigators.  The investigator will continue the informed consent process acknowledging that the 
individual is now legally an adult and will ask the participant if they voluntarily wish to continue 
their participation in the study.  If he/she does, the participant will be asked to sign the informed 
consent document and a new HIPAA authorization. If the individual does not wish to continue 
participation they will be withdrawn from study treatment just as any other individual who chooses 
to withdraw consent from participation. 
This study will be registered in ClinicalTrials.gov no later than 21 days after the first subject is 
enrolled. Summary results information (including adverse events) will be reported no later than 1 
year after the completion date for the study. Grant and progress report forms shall include a 
certification that the investigators have made all required submissions to ClinicalTrials.gov. 

Page 119 of 179
4.5 Treatment Assignment Procedures 
4.5.1 
Randomization Procedures 
We expect to screen ~ 400 children in order to randomize 300. Individuals, who meet all inclusion 
criteria and none of the exclusion criteria, will be categorized by the data base according to the 
following criteria to determine if they belong in the high or low functioning stratum.   Using a 
centralized, randomization scheme with permuted blocks of 4 or 6,  stratified by functional status, 
the database will randomly assign the treatment which will be communicated to the site 
investigational pharmacy.  Enrollment within the two strata will be monitored to ensure that there are 
at least 142 participants in each. Randomization will be further stratified by age so that at least 21% 
of the participants within each stratum fall into each of the specified age groups 3-6, 7-11, 12-17. 
The minimal representation of these age groups should ensure that the potential moderating effects 
of age can be fully assessed. We will not stratify by age due to the potential for very small cell sizes 
with large numbers of strata.  
 If a functional or age subgroup appears to be under represented after 50%, 75% and 90% of 
participants are randomized, recruitment efforts will be focused on the under-represented subgroups.   
Children will be considered low-functioning if they have significant language impairment and 
intellectual disability (NV IQ or Mullen Early Learning Composite Standard Score < 70).  We define 
significant language impairment in participants 72 months or older, as having a lack of fluent phrase 
speech reflected by use of ADOS Module 1 or 2.  In participants 5 years, 8 months or younger, 
significant language impairment will be defined as lack of phrase speech and Mullen receptive 
language subtest score more than 1 SD below the mean for age.  Participants will be considered as 
high-functioning if they have nonverbal IQ ≥ 70 and significant language skills, which we define as 
fluent phrase speech reflected by use of ADOS Module 3 or 4, or, if 5 years, 8 months or younger, 
Mullen receptive language subtest score within 1 SD of the mean for age or higher.  Participants who 
fail to meet both the language and cognitive criteria for low- or high-functioning will be stratified 
according to their language abilities, which more strongly predict long-term outcome (Venter, Lord 
et al. 1992; Szatmari, Bryson et al. 2003; Billstedt, Gillberg et al. 2005; Sallows and Graupner 
2005).   
Randomization Method: We will randomize centrally, using our data management system.  The 
UNC Data Team is familiar with this process as they have done this in our multicenter IMPACT 
trial.  When a site needs to randomize a subject, after baseline is assessed, the coordinator opens the 
Randomization form.  This form uses already assessed strata to randomize from the appropriate 
stratum.  We will not stratify by site.  We felt that both functional status and age group were more 
likely to be related to the outcome than site, and there are limits to how many strata we can have.  
We will stratify by functional status (high or low) and age group (3 age groups), producing 6 strata.  
The unblinded statistician will generate a randomization plan for each of the 6 strata, using a 
permuted block algorithm with randomly selected block sizes of 2 and 4, using SAS.  The table will 
be exported to an Excel file and sent to the data manager.  This can be done without having the lead 
statistician ever actually see the randomization plan.  (He/she will debug the program and when 
debugged, run it with a new seed for the random number generator without seeing the results.)  The 
database manager will import the randomization plan as a table in Access.  The Randomization form 

Page 120 of 179 
will use Visual Basic code and the values of the strata variables to enter the correct subset of the 
table and choose the first unused treatment.  It will generate an ID number and send an email to the 
appropriate pharmacy, where drug will be assigned. 
4.5.2 
Masking Procedures 
The spray and a matched placebo solution containing all of the same ingredients except for oxytocin 
will be packaged in indistinguishable nasal administration bottles.    
5 STUDY INTERVENTION/INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT 
5.1 Study Product Description 
Oxytocin contains the synthesized peptide oxytocin in a solution formulated to promote absorption 
through the nasal mucosa.   
5.1.1 
Acquisition 
All the proper documentation regarding how the drug and placebo is compounded/manufactured will 
be submitted to the FDA as an amendment to the current IND (#111604) held by Dr. Linmarie 
Sikich for sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in 3-17 year olds with autism. 
5.2 Dosage, Preparation and Administration of Study Intervention/Investigational Product 
Participants in the study will be randomly assigned to treatment with intranasal oxytocin or placebo. 
Participants or their caregivers will be taught to administer the nasal spray, alternating nostrils, by 
the study personnel. The caregivers will be provided with suggestions for how to encourage their 
children to comply with the procedure including setting up a fun routine and providing rewards. The 
caregivers will also be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure 
that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each visit and 
the dosing (if applicable). The target dose for the study is 48/0 IU total daily dose (TDD).  The 
target dose will begin at the week 8/28 visit, unless issues with tolerance or compliance slow the 
recommended titration schedule.  Every effort will be made to achieve the target dose of 48/0 IU 
TDD unless it is clear that the child cannot tolerate it. 
5.2.1 Flexible Dose: 
In the blinded phase, dosing will be flexible between 8/0 IU TDD and, after the target dose (48 IU 
TDD) has been maintained for ~ 7-8 weeks, up to 80/0 IU TDD, to allow one to optimize dosing for 
the individual child in cases of intolerance or inadequate response.  Doses will typically be given in 
two equal amounts in the AM and the PM, with the maximal dose at any one time being 48/0 IU.  If 
doses are uneven the larger dose should be given in the AM. 
In the open label phase, dosing will be flexible between 24 IU TDD and, after the target dose (48 IU 
TDD) has been maintained for ~7-8 weeks, the dose can be increased to 72 TDD at week 36.  The 

Page 121 of 179
preferences is for24 IU TDD to be given in the AM, 48 IU TDD should be split equally between 
morning and PM dosing and 72 IU TDD should be split as 48 IU in the AM and 24 IU in the PM. 
Suggested Titration to the Target Dose 
Blinded Phase: In the double-blind phase, titration to the target dose is expected to take 8 weeks and 
follow the suggested table below unless there are issues with tolerance or compliance. Dosing will 
begin at 8/0 IU in the AM at baseline. Typically, the dose will increase to 8/0 IU twice daily (BID) 
(16/0 IU TDD) at week 2. Dose will then be increased by 8/0 IU twice daily (BID) at weeks 4 and 8 
with TDDs of 32/0 IU and 48/0 IU respectively. During the initial titration period (baseline to week 
8), dosing increases should never occur before the time point specified in the schedule. Specifically 
one could not go to a TDD of 16/0 IU prior to week 2, or 32/0 IU prior to week 4 or 48/0 IU prior to 
week 8.  
Open Label Phase: In the open-label phase, from week 24 to week 28, the dose will be 24IU in AM 
for a TDD of 24 IU. From week 28-36 the dose will be 48 IU TDD (ie. 24 IU BID). At week 36 the 
dose can be increased to 72 IU TDD (ie. 48 IU in the morning and 24 IU in the afternoon). 
5.2.3 
Dose Deviations from Titration Schedule 
Maintaining pre-target dose: 
In the blinded phase (week 0-24) If the child is having difficulty tolerating the medication or 
administration of the nasal spray during the initial dose titration phase, the clinician may 
choose to hold the dose at weeks 2, 4 or 8 rather than increasing per the titration suggestions.  
If dose is held, it may then be increased by 8/0 IU 1-2 x/day after assessment of the 
participant (phone/email or in person) between scheduled visits if desired in order to achieve 
the target dose of 24/0 IU twice daily or 48/0 IU total daily dose as close to the week 8 visit 
as possible. 
In the open-label phase if the child is having difficulty tolerating the medication, the clinician 
may choose to hold the dose at 24 IU qD at week 28, 32, 36, 40, or 44. 
Dosing Reductions: All dosing reductions should be discussed with the site PI within 2 business 
days and reported to the lead site for discussion with other treatment site PIs. 
Mandatory Dose Reductions: The dose must be reduced to the highest previously well 
tolerated dose if any of the following criteria are met AND the treating clinician is 
Week 0 
Week 2 
Week 4 
Week 8 
8 IU qD 
(8 IU TDD) 
8 IU BID 
(16 IU TDD) 
16 IU BID 
(32 IU TDD) 
24 IU BID 
(48 IU TDD) 
Week 24 
Week 28 
24 IU qAM 
(24 IU TDD) 
24 IU BID 
(48 IU TDD) 

Page 122 of 179 
comfortable with the decrease. The dose may be reduced between appointments in the first 
two cases. 
Clinician judges an AE to require immediate reduction of dose OR 
CGI-I score is 6 or 7 OR 
Two consecutive CGI-I scores at in person visits are worse than the preceding two 
CGI-I scores. 
If any of the three criteria are met, but the treating clinician is not comfortable with the 
decrease, the dose will be maintained until discussed with the all treating site PIs. The 
majority of the treating site PIs may determine that a mandatory decrease should be made.  
Optional Dose Reductions: 
In the blinded phase the dose may be reduced by 8/0 IU once or twice a day at any time at the 
clinician’s discretion due to a clinically significant adverse event, poor tolerability of dosing, 
parent request.  The dose should not be subsequently increased without reassessing the 
participant by phone/email or in person. The dose can be increased between scheduled visits 
after clinical reassessment of the participant (phone, email or in person).SLAES and CGI-I to 
be completed at physician discretion. If SLAES is not completed, then adverse events must 
be assessed and documented. 
In the open-label phase the dose may be reduced in 24 IU increments to a minimum dose of 
24 IU every other day. 
Dosing Increases Above Target Dose: 
In the blinded phase after the target dose has been maintained for at least 7 weeks the dose 
may be increased by 16/0 IU TDD only at each of the subsequent visits.  Thus, at week 16, 
the maximal possible dose will be 64/0 IU TDD.  However, at week 20 the dose could be 
increased to either 64/0 IU TDD if there had been no prior increase at week 16 or, could be 
increased to 80/0 IU TDD if the dose had been increased at week 16. 
In the open-label phase after the target dose has been maintained for ~ 7-8 weeks then the 
dose can be increased (at week 36) to 72 IU TDD. 
Applies to both phases: Increases past the target dose are NOT required and may ONLY be 
made if the following conditions are met 

No evidence of clinically significant adverse events

Parents agree

Clinician agrees
5.2.4 Weaning Dose at Completion of Trial 
For 72 IU TDD at week 48 we would reduce dose to 24 IU BID for 1 week then 24 qAM and then 
24 IU every other day in the morning for a week then stop. 

Page 123 of 179
For 48 ID TDD at week 48 we would reduce to 24 ID eve1y morning for a week and then reduce to 
24 ID eve1y other day for 1 week then stop. 
For 24 ID TDD at week 48 we would reduce to 24 ID eve1y other day for 1 week then stop. 
For anything less than 24 ID TDD, no down titration is required 
For early te1minations, attempts should be made to follow down titration as listed above. It will not 
be considered a deviation if families are non-compliant. 
At week 53-55 a phone/email visit should be completed to review the SLAES. 
5.2.5 Interrupting Dosing 
Administration of oxytocin may be intenupted on rare occasions due to other clinical conditions that 
temporarily prevent nasal administration, poor compliance with administration directions, or 
significant adverse events or acute worsening of symptoms or functioning. The treating clinician 
may restart treatment at the same or a lower dose after assessment of the paiiicipant (including 
email/phone with paiiicipant's caregiver). The lead site should be info1med of intenupted dosing 
lasting more than 1 week. 
Table 3: Possible Dosing Options 
DOSE 
A 
B 
C 
D 
E 
F 
G 
H 
I 
J 
K 
L 
M 
N 
0 
p 
Q 
R 
s 
T 
u
V
NAME 
Total 
Morning 
8 
8 
16 
16 
24 
32 
16 
24 
24 
32 
40 
24 
32 
40 
48 
32 
40 
32 
40 
40 
48 
40 
Dose 
Total 
Afternoon 
0 
8 
0 
8 
0 
0 
16 
8 
16 
8 
0 
24 
16 
8 
0 
24 
16 
32 
24 
32 
24 
40 
Dose 
Total 
Daily 
8 
16 
16 
24 
24 
32 
32 
32 
40 
40 
40 
48 
48 
48 
48 
56 
56 
64 
64 
72 
72 
80 
Dose 
5.3 Accountability Procedures for the Study Intervention/lnvestigational Product(s) 
Subjects ( or their pai·ent/LAR) will be asked to return all previously dispensed product at the next 
office visit. Staff will retmn all unused product to the site's investigational phannacy for destruction. 
Sites should make all attempts to collect investigational product after the final phone/email contact 
even though subjects will not be retmning to the clinic for an in person visit. 
5.4 Assessment of Subject Compliance with Study Intervention/lnvestigational Product 
Due to the difficulties of measming compliance with weight, we will utilize a parent completed dia1y 
to measme subject compliance with medication ti·eatment. Each daily dose morning and afternoon, 
will be recorded by the parent/cai·egiver on this diaiy. 

Page 124 of 179
5.5 Blinding/Unblinding 
Due to the short half-life of oxytocin (estimated 3-15 minutes), and the lack of any treatment for 
overdose, unblinding will not be permitted in this study. The knowledge of treatment assignment 
will not alter the subject’s immediate management, so therefore unblinding is not deemed 
appropriate for this study. Instead, in the case of a medical emergency, unexpected serious adverse 
reaction or clinician judgment, the study medication may be interrupted. Study medication may be 
interrupted (temporarily discontinued) at the discretion of any treating physician at a site at any time 
without prior approval from the site PI or Steering Committee (SC). In the case when the treatment 
is interrupted, the subject may be re-challenged if the case is discussed and approved by the SC.   
5.6 Concomitant Medications/Treatments 
All concomitant medications will be recorded. PRNs will not be recorded unless: they are taken for a 
period of 2 weeks or more AND they are taken more than 57% of the time (ie: 9 out of 15 days) OR 
the clinician feels there is a compelling reason to document them. The physician will record any 
changes to the subjects’ psychiatric and non-psychiatric medications from baseline throughout the 
course of the study.  

Page 125 of 179
6.0 Schedule of Events 
Scm 
Double Blind Treatment 
0 oen Treatment 
FU 
Procedure 
WO 
W2 
W4 
W8 
W12 
W16 
W20 
W24/f 
W'28 
W'!R. 
W48 
W53-55 
ADOS-2 
X 
)(1 
ADI-R 
)(1 
Stanford Bin et/Mulen 
X 
X 
DSM-V C hecklist 
X 
Inclusion/Exclusion 
X 
X 
Demoarachics 
X 
Familv Med Hx IN H Forml 
X 
Randomization Form 
X 
GUID ACQuisition Form/GU D Record 
X 
Con M eds 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Vital Si-0 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Med/Psvch Historv /SLAESl 
X 
X 
Mierse Effects ISLAES/SuicidaliM 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Full Phvsical Ex am /NIH Forml 
X 
Focused Oinical Phvsical Exam 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Medical Historv IN H Fonnl 
X 
CGI Sandl0 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
VAS Ch=e /Clinician and Conml 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Social Skils I """'"ies 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Psvmnsocial TheraDies 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
,L 
X 
X 
X 
Labora tory 
ECG 
X 
X 
Femal e Reoroductive Status 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Urin e/Serum Pr.>nnancv' 
X 
Salefv labs2
X 
X 
X 
)(1 
m RNAsamole 
X 
X" 
X 
X 
X 
Me!hvtation samole 
X 
X" 
X 
X 
X 
Plasma/sali varv oxvtocin 
X 
X" 
X 
X 
X 
Whole blood sero tonin 
X 
X 
X 
Parent Questionnares 
QuestionnaiJe Guidance Form 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Social -
Questionnaire 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
ABC 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
POOBI -SV 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
CASĺ5 
X 
X 
X 
ea,-, Strain 
X 
X 
X 
VSleland-11 ISurvev Forml 
X 
X 
X 
SRS-2 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Stmiect Como1e1ed Questionnares 
Readina Mind in Eves Test' 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Self-RatinQ of social n.,c tion 
X 
X 
X 
Medication 
-
Oxvlocin Administration Instructions' 
X 
S0ARS-B Parent Dos e  Sheet' 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Risks Handout 
X 
X 
Medication Comoliance4 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Oxvlnrin Dosioo Loa /sfaffi 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Medication Diarv Dis-•ed 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
0-CGI-S only at baseline, CGI-I and CGI-S at most other tune points (office vmts) 
I-Required at screening but can be done at any time during the course of the study at physician discretion Must have a negative pregnancy test within two weeks of baseline 
2-Safety labs to include: glucose (random), CO2, Cl, K,, Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT, full urinalysis, urine pregnancy in pubertal girls Screening safety labs must be repeated 
if more than 12 months between screening and baseline 
3- Assessment will be obtained only in participants who have fluent phrase speech & can define basic feelings and friendship 
4-Completed each time the participant returns study medication 
5- The appropriate SOARS-B Parent Dose Sheet should be given at each time dose changes to parents 
6-Stanford Binet or Mullen may be completed at physician discretion 
7- At physician discretion 
*Must be given at baseline, but also can be given at any other time during the course of the study at study staff discretion 
**Optional redraw of mRNA, plasma/salivary oxytocin, and methylation at baseline for those who may have had a lengthy time between screening and baseline (not safety 
labs) 
Procedures for visits are allowed to be completed on separate days, however, subjects may not be dispensed open label medication until all week 24 procedures are 
completed 
6.1 Screening 
NOTE: At any point in time, visits may be refe1Ted to as months or weeks. For the purposes of this 
protocol I month= 4 weeks (28 days). 
Screening Visit (can be divided into multiple visits, if necessaiy) ~ approximately 6 homs 

Page 126 of 179
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Screening visit: 

Provide written informed consent/assent (subject and/or parent/caregiver/LAR)

Inclusion/Exclusion criteria checklist

Medical/psych history completed by medical physician using SLAES and suicidality
assessment

Medical history and family medical history using the NIH-specific form

Urine or serum pregnancy test for females of childbearing potential

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

ECG (pediatric cardiologist will read/confirm)

Review of current concomitant medication use

Full Physical examination (using NIH form including examination of body systems, head
circumference and measurement of height and weight on standard scales)

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, and temperature)

Safety Labs (to the extent possible, blood samples will be obtained at approximately the
same time of day and under non-fasting conditions)

Genetics (Methylation/mRNA sample)

Plasma/salivary Oxytocin (ideally drawn between 2pm and 6pm)

Whole blood serotonin

ADOS-2 (must be completed prior to randomization) and ADI-R (optional at physician
discretion)

Stanford Binet (abbreviated-ABIQ) or Mullen.

For randomization purposes: The Mullen receptive language subscale MUST be
completed on subjects who are 5 years, 8 months and younger if the Stanford Binet is
completed)

DSM-5 Checklist
Subjects may return for multiple screening visits in cases where assessments could not be completed 
in one visit (i.e., time constraints, subject noncompliance, etc.). 
The first set of Genetics and Plasma Oxytocin samples will be drawn at the Screening visit(s) in 
conjunction with safety labs to reduce the number of needle pricks during the study.  However, the 
subject may choose to wait to have these samples drawn until their Baseline visits once their 
eligibility has been confirmed.  If the samples have been collected and the subject is determined to 
be ineligible, the blood samples collected for these purposes will be destroyed. If there is more than 
12 months between screen and baseline then safety labs will have to be re-drawn to ensure safety of 
the participant.  
6. 2
Randomized Double-Blind Treatment Phase: Oxytocin or Placebo (24 weeks; Week 
0-Week 24)
Baseline Visit (Week 0) ~ approximately 3-4 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the Baseline visit: 

Confirmation of Inclusion/Exclusion criteria

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Page 127 of 179

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

Females of childbearing potential must have had a negative pregnancy test (either urine
or serum) within 2 weeks of baseline visit

Demographics (age, sex, race, ethnicity, date of birth)

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Social Reciprocity Scale (SRS-2)

Vineland Adaptive Behavior (Vineland-II Survey Form)

Caregiver Strain Questionnaire

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

CASI-5(Sprafkin, Gadow et al. 2002; Gadow and Sprafkin 2009)

CGI-S and baseline description of overall functioning

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET), if cognitively able

Self-Rating of Social Functioning, if cognitively able

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver

Parent Handout (study drug administration instructions)

Parent Handout (study drug dosing guidelines)

Parent Handout (risks)

Randomization

GUID Record Form

For randomization purposes: The Mullen receptive language subscale MUST be
completed on subjects who are 5 years, 8 months and younger if the Stanford Binet was
completed, this must be done prior to randomization in the database)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician), baseline description of functioning only

OPTIONAL redraw of mRNA, plasma/salivary oxytocin, and methylation for those
subjects who may have had a lengthy time between screening and baseline appointments

Participants or their caregivers will be taught to administer the nasal spray, alternating
nostrils, by the study coordinators who will demonstrate medication administration. The
caregivers will be provided with suggestions for how to encourage their children to
comply with the procedure including setting up a fun routine and providing rewards.

Caregivers will also be provided with a dosing handout (Parent Dose Sheet) to describe
how many sprays of which bottle to take daily.

Medication Diary Dispensed. This monitors subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure that
participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each
visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).  The caregiver will also be asked to complete a
medication diary to indicate when doses were administered. Subjects will be given
enough oxytocin/placebo nasal spray to last them until their next visit. They will take it

Page 128 of 179 
once or twice a day.  Caregivers will be instructed to administer the first dose on the 
afternoon of the baseline visit, between 12PM and 4PM.   

Parents will be given a hand out which highlights all the cardiac and anaphylaxis risks.
The handout will also include information about how to monitor their child’s pulse and
what the normal ranges for pulse are based on age. Staff will review handout with parent
to ensure that they understand all aspects of the handout.
Week 2 Email-10 minutes 
Between week 0 and week 4 (at around week 2) staff will send the new dose schedule to the family 
to titrate the dose up. The families will be instructed to contact the study staff at any time if they feel 
that their child cannot tolerate the next dose. 
Week 4 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 4 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver. The caregivers will be provided with a dosing
handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure that participants are reaching their
optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each visit, as well as the dosing (if
applicable).

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.

Caregivers will be given a supply of medication
Week 8 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 8 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Page 129 of 179 

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET), if cognitively able

Genetics (Methylation/mRNA sample)

Plasma/salivary Oxytocin (ideally drawn between 2pm and 6pm)

Whole blood serotonin

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver (provide 2 months’ supply of diaries). The
caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at
each visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.

Caregivers will be given a supply of medication (to last until week 16 visit)
Week 12 ~ approximately 30 minutes- 
Subjects will complete the following assessments at the week 12 visit: 

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

SRS-2
Week 16  ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 16 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Page 130 of 179 

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver. The caregivers will be provided with a dosing
handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure that participants are reaching their
optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each visit, as well as the dosing (if
applicable).

Caregivers will be given enough medication to last until the next visit.

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.
Week 20 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 

Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 20 visit:

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver. The caregivers will be provided with a dosing
handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure that participants are reaching their
optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each visit, as well as the dosing (if
applicable).

Caregivers will be given enough supply of medication to last until the next visit.

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.
6. 3
Open-Label Treatment Phase 
Week 24 ~approximately 3-4 hours (end of double-blind, start of Open-Label Treatment Phase) 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 24 visit: 

Page 131 of 179 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

Vineland

CSQ

CASI-5

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET), if cognitively able

Self-Rating of Social Functioning, if cognitively able

SRS-2

Genetics (Methylation/mRNA) sample

Plasma/salivary Oxytocin (ideally drawn between 2pm and 6pm)

ECG

Safety Labs

Whole blood serotonin

Risks Handout

ADOS-2 (optional measure at site discretion)

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Stanford Binet/Mullen

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Caregivers will be given enough supply of medication to last until their next visit

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver The caregivers will be provided with a dosing
handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to ensure that participants are reaching their
optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at each visit, as well as the dosing (if
applicable).
Week 28 ~ approximately 1-2 hours (dose increased to target dose unless not clinically indicated) 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 28 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure,
temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Page 133 of 179 

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Caregivers will be given enough supply of medication to last until their next office visit.

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver (provide 2 months’ supply of diaries). The
caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at
each visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).
Week 36 ~ approximately 1-2 hours 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 36 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

PDDBI-SV

Oxytocin dosing log

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

SRS-2

Safety Labs (blood and urine)

Methylation sample

mRNA sample

Plasma/salivary oxytocin (ideally drawn between 2pm and 6pm)

Page 134 of 179 

Medication Diary dispensed to caregiver (provide with 3 months’ supply of diaries)

The caregivers will be provided with a dosing handout to monitor subjects’ weekly dosing to
ensure that participants are reaching their optimal dose. The study staff will fill in the dates at
each visit, as well as the dosing (if applicable).

Caregivers will be given enough supply of medication to last until their next visit.

Caregivers will also be given the Parent Dose Sheet that describes how many sprays to take
of the study medication.

For individuals participating in the PK study, there is no need for an additional tube for the
regular plasma oxytocin levels. The T0 in the PK study serves as the plasma OT levels for
this visit.
Week 48 ~ approximately 3-4 hours (End of Treatment Visit) 
Subjects will complete the following procedures and assessments at the week 48 visit: 

Review all current medications (concomitant medication log)

Focused Clinical Physical examination

Full vital signs (heart rate, blood pressure, temperature, height and weight on standard scales)

Females of childbearing potential will be asked to confirm the date of their last menstrual
cycle and confirm contraception use if sexually active

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-I and CGI-S

Social Skills Therapy Log

Psychosocial Therapy Log

Aberrant Behavior Checklist

Vineland

CSQ

CASI-5

PDDBI-SV

Questionnaire Guidance Form

Social Opportunity Questionnaire

Reading Mind in Eyes Test (RMET), if cognitively able

Self-Rating of Social Functioning, if cognitively able

SRS-2

Plasma/salivary Oxytocin (ideally drawn between 2pm and 6pm)

Safety Labs (optional at physician discretion)

Oxytocin Dosing Log

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician)

Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Coordinator)
Week 53-55- OFF treatment follow-up 
This visit is to be completed shortly after the last dose of study medication. This may be completed 
via phone or email.  

SLAES (monitoring for adverse events)

Page 135 of 179

All attempts will be made by study staff (and documented) to obtain all dispensed bottles of
medication
PK Visits (Optional) 
In order to assess the PK (pharmacokinetic) properties of oxytocin, a select group of subjects who 
participate in the SOARS-B trial will be asked to participate in the PK study. Study staff will select 
the participants based on a) their willingness to participate and b) their ability to tolerate the study 
procedures.  A total of 18 subjects will be enrolled across all 6 sites for the week 32 samples. There 
will be 6 subjects in each of the following age groups: 3-6, 7-12 and 13 -17 years old. Each site will 
be asked to enroll one subject from each of the age groups. There will be a separate consent form for 
this optional study. 
Target Dose PK sample (48 IU TDD) 
This visit may occur any time after week 32 (48 IU TDD) 
This visit can be completed at any visit after week 32 or at an unscheduled visit 
There will be a target of 6 participants in each age cohort total 
 if possible please also obtain vitals and PDDBI-SV and ABC. 
Procedures are as follows: 

IV placement by study staff (saline solution only)

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 0 (time 0, immediately after insertion)

Administration of intranasal oxytocin (target dose = 24IU but will be whatever dose the
subject is currently prescribed to as part of the SOARS-B protocol)

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 15 minutes

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 30 minutes

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 45 minutes

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 60 minutes

If feasible plasma oxytocin draw at T= 2-7 hours post dose

Total blood volume = 42 mL (7mL per draw times 6 draws)
Max Open Label Dose PK sample (72 IU TDD) 
This visit may occur any time after the highest dose has been achieved (at an unscheduled visit or 
regularly scheduled visit) 
The target is to have 2-6 participants receiving the 72 IU total dose, ( at all sites) regardless of age 
If this is not occurring at a regularly scheduled visit, please also obtain vitals and PDDBI-SV and 
ABC. 
Procedures are as follows: 

IV placement by study staff (saline solution only)

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 0 (time 0, immediately after insertion)

Page 136 of 179 

Administration of intranasal oxytocin (target dose = 40IU BID)

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 15 minutes

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 30 minutes

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 45 minutes

Plasma oxytocin draw at T = 60 minutes

If feasible plasma oxytocin draw at T= 2-7 hours post dose

Total blood volume = 42 mL (7mL per draw times 6 draws)
Additional Risks for IV 
Most of the risks for IV insertion are the same as for venipuncture (bruising, pain, possible 
infection). Complications of gaining IV may include infiltration, hematoma, an air embolism, 
phlebitis, and intra-arterial injection. Infiltration is caused by the infusion of fluid outside the 
vesicles (vein), into the surrounding soft tissue.  This is generally caused by poor placement of a 
needle outside of the vessel lumen. Clinically, you will notice swelling of the soft tissue surrounding 
the IV, and the skin will feel cool, firm, and pale. IV fluids are not dangerous to the surrounding soft 
tissues however certain medications can be toxic. We will not be administering any medications only 
IV fluids therefore this will not be an issue in our study. A hematoma occurs when there is leakage 
of blood from the vessel into the surrounding soft tissue. This can occur when an IV catheter passes 
through more than one wall of a vessel or if pressure is not applied to the IV site when the catheter is 
removed. A hematoma can be controlled with direct pressure and will resolve over the course of 2 
weeks. An air embolism occurs as a result of a large volume of air entering the patient's vein via the 
IV administration set. Air embolisms are rare and easily prevented by making sure that all the air 
bubbles are out of the IV tubing before placement. Phlebitis is inflammation of the vein which 
occurs due to the pH of the agent being administered during the administration of the IV, since we 
are not placing any medications into the IV we will not be at risk for this complication. An intra-
arterial injection occurs very rarely. This can easily be prevented, by making sure that the needle is 
inserted in a vein. An experienced phlebotomist would not have an issue with the placement. If an 
artery is cannulated, there will be a pumping of bright red blood back into the angiocath, which 
would not be seen when you cannulate a vein. In the case of intraarterial injection, it is the 
intravenous drugs which pose severe problems, rather than the IV solution and since we will not be 
placing any drugs into the IV this will not be an issue for our study. In order to minimize these risks, 
we will ensure that all study staff that place the IV are well trained in proper procedures and use 
aseptic procedures.  
6.5 Early Termination Visit 
If a subject terminates from the study early, then the following procedures should be completed as 
close as possible to the last dose. These procedures may be completed over the phone/email or in an 
office visit:  

SLAES

Page 137 of 179 

Suicidality assessment

CGI-I/S

Con Meds

Psychosocial/Social Skills Therapy Logs

Vitals (only if in office)

Self-Rating of Social Functioning (only if in office)

RMET (only if in office).
The questionnaires from the week 24 visit should be sent to the families and completed as close to 
the last dose taken as possible. If in open-label phase send week 48 questionnaires.  
Any subject who is not able to return to the clinic or available for a phone call for an early 
termination visit within 2 weeks of their last dose will be considered lost to follow up no ET visit is 
required. All efforts should be made to retrieve the medication bottles from the families either 
mailed back or in person.    
6.6 Unscheduled Visit or Re-Evaluation Visit 
Subjects may be asked to come in for an unscheduled visit at any time during the course of the study 
if the treating physician feels it is necessary to see the subject in person or to complete a PK visit. 
Subjects will be instructed to contact the site between scheduled visits if there are any issues that 
need to be addressed. 
Subjects may also be re-evaluated with appropriate assessments completed for any of the following 
reasons: 

If the subject’s dose is mandatorily reduced, then these assessments should be completed 2-4
weeks after the dose has been reduced.

If the subject has had a CGI-I score of 6 or 7, then the assessments should be completed two-
four weeks later at physician discretion.
During these visits, all efforts should be made to obtain the following assessments: 

Vital signs (only if in person visit)

Review of concomitant medications

SLAES (adverse events) and suicidality assessment

CGI-S and CGI-I

Focused Clinical Physical Exam (only if in person visit)

If physician feels it is indicated, safety labs or ECG may be obtained.
Unscheduled Assessments 
If the site learns that a participant’s treatment has been interrupted for 1 week or longer, an 
unscheduled visit should be performed.  

Page 138 of 179 
7 STUDY PROCEDURES/EVALUATIONS 
7.1 Study Assessments 
Parent Assessments 
Questionnaire Guidance Form: This form will give parents guidance on time frames and specific 
instructions for how to complete the questionnaires. This form was created by study staff with 
guidance from manuals from the standardized forms listed below.  
Social Opportunities Questionnaire: This created form asks parents to rate how frequently their child 
has the opportunity to interact with different individuals in the community, home, school and 
daycare/after-school setting. It also asks, of those opportunities that their child has, does their child 
actually utilize those opportunities to interact with individuals in a social manner.  
Social Reciprocity Scale-2: This 65-item rating scale measures the severity of autism spectrum 
symptoms as they occur in natural social settings (Constantino, Davis et al. 2003).  Completed by a 
parent or teacher in just 15 to 20 minutes, the SRS provides a clear picture of a child's social 
impairments, assessing social awareness, social information processing, capacity for reciprocal 
social communication, social anxiety/avoidance, and autistic preoccupations and traits. It is 
appropriate for use with children from 4 to 18 years of age. The SRS measures impairment on a 
quantitative scale across a wide range of severity--which is consistent with recent research indicating 
that autism is best conceptualized as a spectrum condition rather than an all-or-nothing diagnosis. 
The SRS-R will take the parent/caregiver/LAR approximately 10 minutes to complete. 
Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory (PDDBI-Screening Version) - The PDDBI-
SV examines both adaptive and maladaptive behaviors related to social behaviors in autism. It is a 
parent/caregiver questionnaire and has 18 items. It takes about 5-10 minutes to administer.   
Aberrant Behavior Checklist (ABC)-The ABC focuses on problem behaviors in five subdomains: 
irritability, attention, repetitive behaviors, unusual speech, and social withdrawal.  This should take 
the caregiver approximately 10 minutes to complete.  
Caregiver Strain Questionnaire (CSQ – Berument): The CSQ will assess family stress and was 
developed for caregivers of children with developmental disabilities.  This should take the caregiver 
approximately 5 minutes to complete.  
Medication Diary: Caregivers will be asked to record each dose given to the child on a written log. 
Caregivers will be asked to return this at each visit for the study team to review if there are any 
medication compliance issues.  
Parent Handout (Risks): Caregivers will be given an informational handout at baseline (beginning of 
Randomized Phase) and again at week 24 (beginning of Open Label Phase). This handout will 
describe possible symptoms to look for.  
Dosing Guide/Medication Administration Form: Caregivers will be given an informational handout 
that describes study drug administration and dosing guidelines. Participants will be instructed to 
increase the dose per the titration schedule as long as there are no problems and will be strongly 
encouraged to contact the study coordinator if there are any concerns. 
Vineland Scales of Adaptive Functioning (2nd edition, Parent/Caregiver Rating Form):  The VABS-II 
is a survey administered to a parent or caregiver in a questionnaire format and is organized around 
four Behavior Domains: Communication, Daily Living Skills, Socialization, and Motor Skills. The 

Page 139 of 179 
VABS-II will take the parent/caregiver/LAR approximately 20-60 (average 30) minutes to complete, 
depending on the subject’s age and level of functioning. For the purposes of this study, we will not 
be assessing maladaptive behaviors.  
Childhood Anxiety Sensitivity Index (CASI-5): This scale is designed for measuring anxiety 
sensitivity (i.e., the belief that anxiety symptoms have negative consequences. There will be one 
form that is for children ages 3-4 and a different one for ages 5-17.  
Physician/Clinician Assessments 
Clinical Global Impressions Scale:  Overall psychiatric functioning will be assessed with the 
severity (CGI-S) and improvement (CGI-I) subscales of the CGI (Guy 1976).  CGI-S items are rated 
from 1 (normal, not ill) to 7 (very severely ill).  CGI-I items are rated from 1 (very much improved) 
to 7 (very much worse). 
Physical Examination:  A physical examination can include, but is not limited to, abdominal 
palpation to assess for liver enlargement, assessing for decreased tone and postural problems, 
increased drooling and poor orofacial tone, problems holding head up as well, difficulty with 
coordination of motor actions. A more thorough exam will be done at screening and a more 
brief/clinician focused one completed at subsequent in person visit.  
Concomitant Medication Log: At screening, the physician will make a list of any medications the 
subject is currently taking (ie: on the day of screening). The physician will record any changes to the 
subjects’ psychiatric and non-psychiatric medications from screening throughout the course of the 
study. PRNs will not be recorded unless:  
they are taken for a period of 2 weeks or more AND they are taken more than 57% 
of the time (ie: 9 out of 15 days) 
OR 
the clinician feels there is a compelling reason to document them in which case this 
can be documented in a note to file. Example: a PRN that is used to address an AE 
may be noted directly on the SLAES form for clinician reference in the future, but 
will not be data entered.  
Inclusion/Exclusion: A checklist will be completed to ensure all inclusion and none of the exclusion 
criteria are met.  
DSM-V Checklist for Autism: The proposed DSM-V criteria for autism will be documented in the 
form of a checklist for a clinician/physician to complete.  
Family Medical History: This form will ask for information about genetic, mental health and 
medical conditions of relatives of the subject.  
Medical History: This form will ask about the subject’s medical history such as surgeries, medical 
procedures etc. 
Oxytocin Dosing Log: This log is completed by the physician to record all changes in dosing of 
oxytocin. It will include start/stop dates of when the dose changes.   

Page 140 of 179 
Trained Rater/Physician 
Systematic Longitudinal Adverse Events Scale (SLAES): systematic elicitation and screening of 
adverse events will be completed using the SLAES. This will also be used at screening and baseline 
to obtain a comprehensive psychiatric and medical history of the patient.  
Suicidality Assessment: The physician will use clinical judgment to determine if the participant 
understands the concepts of death and making one’s self die or hurt.  If the participant is deemed able 
to understand these concepts they will be asked if they have had any thoughts about wanting to die, 
wanting to hurt themselves, wanting to kill themselves and if s/he has done anything to hurt 
himself/herself so he/she would die or have done anything to hurt himself/herself for any other reason.  
If the participant is deemed not to understand these concepts, his/her caregiver will be queried by 
asking whether the child has said or done anything that makes the parent think the child wanted to die, 
to hurt himself/herself or to kill himself/herself and asking about suicidal behaviors.  If any are 
endorsed, the caregiver will also be asked if this is a significant change in severity or frequency from 
the participant’s baseline.  The clinician will determine whether the behaviors clearly do not appear 
stereotypic, might be stereotypic and are clearly stereotypic (e.g. chronic repeated head banging or 
self biting).  
Female Reproductive Form: We will record the last menstrual period, document irregular periods 
and verify continued use of two forms of birth control (if sexually active). 
Vital Signs: Vital signs will be measured at each visit and will include heart rate, sitting blood pressure, 
and temperature.   
Stanford Binet (5th edition): The Stanford-Binet intelligence scale is a standardized test that assesses 
intelligence and cognitive abilities in children and adults aged two to 85+ years. The Stanford-Binet 
Scale tests intelligence across four areas: verbal reasoning, quantitative reasoning, abstract/visual 
reasoning, and short-term memory. The areas are covered by 15 subtests, including vocabulary, 
comprehension, verbal absurdities, pattern analysis, matrices, paper folding and cutting, copying, 
quantitative, number series, equation building, memory for sentences, memory for digits, memory for 
objects, and bead memory.  The abbreviated IQ (ABIQ) will be used for this study and includes non-
verbal fluid reasoning and verbal knowledge subtests.  
Mullen Early Scales of Learning (Mullen): Is for birth to 68 months and is designed to assess five 
scales: Gross Motor, Visual Reception, Fine Motor, Expressive Language, and Receptive Language. 
We will not be using the Gross Motor subtest for this study since all our participants are over 36 
months. If children younger than 5 years 9 months are assessed with the ADOS Module 1 or 2, the 
receptive language subscale of the Mullen must be administered to determine their functional status 
even if the Stanford Binet has been completed. 
Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule-2 (ADOS-2): The ADOS is a semi-structured assessment 
used to assess and diagnose individuals suspected of having autism of varying ages, developmental 
levels, and language skills (from no speech to verbally fluent).  The ADOS includes four modules, 
each requiring just 35 to 40 minutes to administer. The individual being evaluated is given just one 
module, depending on his or her expressive language level and chronological age.   The rater will 
observe social and communication behaviors during various activities in the appropriate module. 

Page 141 of 179 
Autism Diagnostic Interview, Revised (ADI-R): The ADI-R is a semi-structured, investigator-based 
interview for caregivers of children and adults for whom autism or pervasive developmental 
disorders is a possible diagnosis. The revised interview has been reorganized, shortened, modified to 
be appropriate for children with mental ages from about 18 months into adulthood and linked to 
ICD-10 and DSM-IV criteria. The detailed interview focuses on early development in social and 
communication and self-help skills of the child, and takes approximately 2 hours to administer. 
Demographics: Information such as age, race, ethnicity, family status and income will be collected. 
Electrocardiogram: Trained staff will collect an EKG on each subject and this will be read and 
confirmed by a pediatric cardiologist.  
Reading in the Mind’s Eye Task: This computerized task consists of a series of pictures of eyes in 
which the subject needs to determine which emotion the eyes are expressing.  
Self-Rating of Social Functioning: This staff created assessment consists of several questions that 
asks the participant directly to reflect on their own experience with social skills. 
Visual Analogue Scale of Change (Clinician and Coordinator): Both the treating clinician and study 
coordinator (separately) will place a vertical line across a continuous 18 cm horizontal line. No 
change will be reflected at the midpoint of the line, extreme worsening at the leftmost side and 
extremely better at the right most side. Three areas will be assessed: overall functioning similar to 
the CGI-I, social-communicative functioning and repetitive behaviors/restricted interests. In contrast 
to the CGI-I, the changes will be assessed after carefully considering the individual’s functioning in 
each of the domains at baseline as briefly described by the clinician. The outcome measure will be 
the distance in cm from the left end of the line to the vertical mark.    
Other 

GUID Record Form: This form will record the GUIDs that are obtained for the subject and any
parent who is willing to consent to have his/her blood take for the genetic repository at NIMH

GUID Acquisition Form: This form is designed to obtain all the information necessary in order
to assign a GUID such as full name, date of birth, city of birth (as it is written on one’s birth
certificate).

Randomization Form: This form will be used by study staff to enter into the database in order to
determine if a subject is high functioning or low functioning for randomization purposes.

Social Skills Therapies Log: This form will record the number of hours in the previous month
that the child received social skills therapy.

Psychosocial Therapy Log: This form will record the number of hours in the previous month that
the subject received any additional psychosocial therapy such as ABA, equine therapy, speech
therapy etc.
7.2 Laboratory Evaluations 
7.2.1 
Clinical Laboratory Evaluations 

Page 142 of 179 
Chemistry Panel: The chemistry panel will include glucose (random, non-fasting), CO2, Cl, K, Na, 
Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT at Screening, week 24, and week 24. Total blood to be collected is 
8.5mL in SST tube.  
Pregnancy test: Will be serum or urine completed at screening but can be done at any time 
throughout the course of the study at the physician’s discretion. Additionally, for females of 
childbearing potential, they must have had a negative pregnancy test (urine or serum) within 2 weeks 
of randomization. This can be done by an onsite urine dipstick pregnancy test either at screening or 
baseline (prior to randomization). This will not require any additional blood and will be collected as 
part of the above chemistry panel.  
Plasma Oxytocin: We will assay plasma oxytocin levels using standard radioimmuno assays in Dr. 
Pedersen’s lab in order to describe potential relationships between baseline levels and treatment 
response.  We expect there to be minimal changes in plasma levels with intranasal administration, 
since oxytocin is rapidly degraded. Total 7ml of blood drawn (one 7ml lavender top tube).  
Serotonin Levels: Serum serotonin levels will be measured by aliquoting 200uL of whole blood from 
the methylation tube. No extra blood is needed for this.  
Urinalysis: A full urinalysis panel is required including at least the following: specific gravity, pH, 
color/appearance, protein, glucose, leukocyte esterace, occult blood).  
Salivary Oxytocin: Saliva will be collected from subjects. Subjects will be asked to hold a children’s 
salivary swab in their mouths under the tongue (like a thermometer) for 1.5 min. 
7.2.2 
Duke Genetics 
Genetics Study: Dr. Gregory will perform the methylation and mRNA expression studies, For the 
methylation studies, DNA will be extracted from peripheral blood, bisulfite converted, PCR 
performed using primers targeted to the bisulfite-converted regions of the CpG islands in the 
promoter region and third intron of the OXTR gene, and the resulting clones sequenced to calculate 
percentage of methylation at each of the CpG sites.  Total RNA will be extracted from blood 
samples, RNA quality checked and quantitative PCR run after reverse transcription using primers for 
OTXR exon 2 and the OXT. We will use already collected samples (after running initial analysis of 
mRNA expression and methylation) for unspecified genetic analysis and also for other analyses to 
identify possible unspecified genetic factors that may influence response to oxytocin treatment. 
Total 8.5ml of blood drawn (one 2.5ml PAX gene tube and two 3ml lavender top tubes) 
8 ASSESSMENTS OF SAFETY 
8.1 Adverse Events  
ICH E6 defines an AE as any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation 
subject administered a pharmaceutical product regardless of its causal relationship to the study 
treatment.  An AE can therefore be any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an abnormal 
laboratory finding that is not directly obtained for purposes of the study), symptom, or disease 
temporally associated with the use of medicinal (investigational) product.  The occurrence of an AE 
may come to the attention of study personnel during study visits and interviews of a study subject 
presenting for medical care, or upon review by a study monitor.  

Page 143 of 179 
All AEs will be captured on the appropriate source documentation, the Systematic Longitudinal 
Adverse Event Scale (SLAES).Information to be collected includes event description and clinician’s 
assessment of severity.  
8.1.1 Treatment Emergent Adverse Events 
In this trial we are documenting all AE’s, but analysis will focus only on Treatment Emergent AE’s 
(TEAE’s).  Medical and behavioral conditions that are present at screening and/or baseline will only 
be considered treatment emergent adverse events if their severity increases significantly after the 
participant has taken at least one dose of study treatment.  Intermittent conditions such as seasonal 
allergies will only be considered TEAEs, if the severity or frequency is significantly greater than in 
the previous two years.  Only TEAEs will be considered in the adverse event safety analyses.   
If a TEAE occurs, its relationship to study product (assessed only by those with the training and 
authority to make a diagnosis, which would include MD, DDS, DMD, PA, Nurse, Nurse Practitioner 
or DO), and resolution/stabilization will be coded at the resolution of the event or end of the 
subject’s participation in the study.  All TEAEs occurring while on study must be documented 
appropriately regardless of relationship.  All TEAEs will be followed to adequate resolution.   If a 
TEAE is a severe adverse event rating (3)  and an Unexpected Problem (UP-no prior history of 
issue/not commonly seen in autistic patients and not described as a risk of the treatment), the UP 
form must be completed.  If a TEAE is an SAE the the SAE form and SLAES (unscheduled visit) 
must be completed.  
Severity of Event:  All AEs will be assessed by the clinician using a protocol defined grading 
system.  For events not included in the protocol defined grading system, the following guidelines 
will be used to quantify intensity.  

Mild: events require minimal or no treatment and do not interfere with the subject’s daily
activities.

Moderate: events result in a low level of inconvenience or concern with the therapeutic
measures.  Moderate events may cause some interference with functioning.

Severe: events interrupt a subject’s usual daily activity and may require systemic drug
therapy or other treatment.  Severe events are usually incapacitating.

Life-threatening: Substantial risk dying or requires intervention to prevent death

Death related to AE: Subject died as a result of the event, self-explanatory
Changes in the severity of an AE will be documented to allow an assessment of the duration of the 
event at each level of intensity to be performed.  Adverse events characterized as intermittent require 
documentation of onset and duration of each episode. 
Relationship to Study Treatment:  The clinician’s assessment of an AE's relationship to test article 
(study drug) is part of the documentation process, but it is not a factor in determining what is or is 
not reported in the study.  If there is any doubt as to whether a clinical observation is an AE, the 
event will be reported.  All AEs must have their relationship to study product assessed using the 
terms: associated or not associated.  In a clinical trial, the study product must always be suspect.  To 
help assess, the following guidelines are used. 

Page 144of 179 

Yes (certain): The adverse event and administration of the study drug are related in time, and
a direct association can be demonstrated.

Likely (probably): The adverse event and administration of the study drug are reasonably
related in time, and the adverse event is more likely explained by the study drug than other
causes

Possible: The adverse event and administration of the study drug are reasonably related in
time, and the adverse event can be explained equally well by causes other than study drug.

No (unrelated): The adverse event is clearly explained by another cause not related to the
study drug.
Pattern Definition: This is to help the clinician define the pattern of the AE and give some clarity to 
timing of an event. 

Isolated- Occurs a single time

Intermittent- An AE that stops and starts with clear defined points (eg. seasonal allergy)

Continuous- ongoing AE (eg. migraines)
Change/Outcome-This should be captured in order to help the clinician make a clear decision on a 
severity rating and better follow the AE through time.  

No change from last AE report

Worsening from the last AE report

Improving from the last AE report

Recovered from the last AE report
Action Taken-The action taken after the report of an AE can be captured by the definitions below: 

O = None

M = Monitoring

CM = Conmed/Rx

D = Decrease study med

UP = Increase study med

S = Interrupt study med

W = Withdrawal from study
8.1.2 
Suicidality Assessment 
Suicidality assessments will be completed for each participant at each visit except weeks 2 and 26.  
The physician will use clinical judgment to determine if the participant understands the concepts of 
death and making one’s self die or hurt.  If the participant is deemed able to understand these 
concepts they will be asked if they have had any thoughts about wanting to die, wanting to hurt 
themselves, wanting to kill themselves and if s/he has done anything to hurt himself/herself so he/she 
would die or have done anything to hurt himself/herself for any other reason.  If the participant is 
deemed not to understand these concepts, his/her caregiver will be queried  with the thought 
questions replied by saying or doing anything that makes the parent think the child wanted to die, to 
hurt himself/herself or to kill himself/herself and asking about suicidal behaviors.  

Page 145 of 179 
The caregiver will also be asked if this is a significant change in severity or frequency from the 
participant’s baseline.   
The clinician will discuss any self-injurious behaviors with the steering committee describing the 
events, the participant’s prior history if any of similar behaviors or suicidal ideation, and the 
caregiver’s perception of any change in severity or frequency of the behaviors.  The steering 
committee will then determine whether the behaviors clearly do not appear stereotypic, might be 
stereotypic and are clearly stereotypic (e.g. chronic repeated head banging or self biting).  These 
cases will also be reviewed by the medical monitor and DSMB.  
8.2 Reportable Events 
8.2.1 Serious Adverse Event (SAE): 
An SAE is defined as an AE that meets one of the following conditions: 

Death during the period of protocol-defined surveillance

Life-threatening event (defined as a subject at immediate risk of death at the time of the
event)

An event requiring inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization during
the period of protocol defined surveillance

Results in congenital anomaly or birth defect

Results in a persistent or significant disability/incapacity

Any other important medical event that may not result in death, be life threatening, or require
hospitalization, may be considered a serious adverse experience when, based upon
appropriate medical judgment, requires medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the
outcomes listed above.  Examples of such medical events include allergic bronchospasm
requiring intensive treatment in an emergency room, blood dyscrasias or new onset of
convulsions that do not result in inpatient hospitalization.
All SAEs will be: 

recorded on the appropriate SAE CRF

followed through resolution by a study clinician

reviewed and evaluated by a study clinician.
8.2.2 
Unanticipated Problems (UP) 
We will consider unanticipated problems involving risks to subjects or others to include, in general, 
any incident, experience, or outcome that meets all of the following criteria: 

unexpected (in terms of nature, severity, or frequency) given (a) the research procedures that
are described in the protocol-related documents, such as the IRB-approved research protocol
and informed consent document; and (b) the characteristics of the subject population being
studied;

related or possibly related to participation in the research (in the guidance document, possibly
related means there is a reasonable possibility that the incident, experience, or outcome may
have been caused by the procedures involved in the research); and

Page 146 of 179 

suggests that the research places subjects or others at a greater risk of harm (including
physical, psychological, economic, or social harm) than was previously known or
recognized.
8.2.3 Pregnancy 
In the case of a pregnancy of either the subject (female) or the subject’s partner (for male subjects), 
sites/investigators should follow the pregnancy until completing (either termination or birth). The 
baby should also be followed until he/she is 1 month old to assess and record any medical 
complications. All this information should be sent to the Coordinating Center via the above 
referenced contact information. The initial report (on the appropriate source document) should be to 
the coordinating center within 7 days of the site’s awareness. 
8.2.4. Serious Suicidal Ideation 
In the case of serious intentional self-harm/serious suicidal ideation, the physician/clinician should 
take necessary steps to ensure the safety of the subject including involuntary hospitalization (if 
needed). This should be reported (on the appropriate source document) to the coordinating center 
within 7 days of the site’s awareness.  
8.2.5. Alert Lab/ECG values 
Alert values for laboratory tests (clinical/safety labs) and for ECGs will be determined by the site’s 
treating physician and/or PI for each individual study subject. For the DSMB reports, the PIs will 
decide on specific values for each of the clinical labs and ECGs. In the event that a site has a 
lab/ECG value that is considered to alarming by either the site treating physician or site PI, this must 
be reported (on the appropriate source document) to the coordinating center with 7 days of the site’s 
awareness.   
8.3 Reporting Procedures 
8.3.1 Treatment Sites Reporting to Duke 
Any event that is considered reportable based on section 8.2 by the PI or Subinvestigator or which 
meets the aforementioned criteria must be submitted to the Coordinating Center. It should be 
reported on the following numbers. It is preferable to have a written report (fax or email) for 
documentation purposes. 
Coordinating Center E-mail: cheryl.alderman@duke.edu and linmarie.sikich@duke.edu  
The study clinician will complete and submit the appropriate reporting form within the following 
timelines:   

SAEs that are deaths and immediately life-threatening events, whether related or unrelated,
will be recorded on the Serious Adverse Event Form and sent by fax within 2 business days
of site awareness.

Page 147 of 179 

SAEs other than death and immediately life-threatening events, regardless of relationship,
will be reported by fax within 7 business days of site awareness.

UPs Form within 7 business days of the site’s awareness of the event.

Pregnancies within 7 business days of the site’s awareness

Serious Suicidal Ideation within 7 business days of the site’s awareness

Alert lab or ECG values within 7 business days of the site’s awareness

Decisions to reduce dose within 7 business days.

Interrupted dosing lasting more than 7 days within 7 business days of site’s awareness.

Requests to delay mandatory reductions in dose within 5 business days.

Participants with a CGI-I of 6 or 7 within 7 business days of the assessment.
Other supporting documentation of the event may be requested and should be provided as soon as 
possible. Sites should report SAEs, UPs and other reportable events to their local IRB’s per the local 
IRB’s guidelines and procedures. This may differ between sites.  
8.3.2 Duke Reporting to Other Regulatory Bodies 
Medical Monitor: Duke will report all SAEs, UPs and other reportable events (section 8.2) to the 
medical monitor within 14 days and receive acknowledgment that she has reviewed them.  
DSMB: Duke will report SAEs, UPs and other reportable events (section 8.2) that are considered 
possibly related to study treatment to the DSMB within 14 days of being made aware of their 
occurrence.   
FDA: To be reportable to the FDA, the event must meet 3 criteria. The investigator or the holder of 
the IND may make the determination if the event meets all three of the following criteria.  

Suspected Adverse Reaction: meaning there is a reasonable probability that the drug caused
the event. Meaning there is evidence to suggest a causal relationship between the drug and
the adverse event.

Serious (use definition of serious in section 8.2.1)

Unexpected (use definition of unanticipated in section 8.2.2)
Timelines for reporting to the FDA: 

Unanticipated fatal or life threatening adverse events (7 days)

Unanticipated non-fatal/non-life threatening (14 days)
Steering Committee: Duke will report all SAEs/UPs/other reportable events (section 8.2) to the 
steering committee within 14 business days of Duke’s awareness.  
Duke’s local IRB: The coordinating center is responsible for reporting unanticipated problems to 
their local IRB as their local IRB has direct oversight of Duke and indirect oversight of other sites. 
The timelines for reporting unanticipated problems to the IRB are: 

Unanticipated Problems that are serious adverse events should be reported to the IRB within
one (1) week of the investigator becoming aware of the event.

Any other Unanticipated Problem should be reported to the IRB within two (2) weeks of the
investigator becoming aware of the problem.

Other reportable events (section 8.2): during annual renewal

Page 148 of 179 
8.5    Individual Stopping Procedures 
If a subject is worsening clinically (they have CGI-I score of  6-much worse or 7-very much worse 
on CGI-I, there has to be a return visit/phone call within 1-2 weeks to revisit/re-evaluate with CGI-I. 
If the subject still has 6 or 7, then case must be discussed with SC and Medical Monitor within 10 
business days to get approval for the subject to continue in the trial.  
Subjects may be withdrawn for any of the following reasons: 

If clinically significant and/or personally intolerable moderate or severe adverse events occur
that cannot be addressed by dose adjustment or addition of concomitant medications (these
can be discussed with SC and Medical Monitor. Investigators are encouraged to try dose
reduction or addition of concomitant medications prior to withdrawal of participants).

If a subject is worsening clinically (they have 6 much worse or 7 very much worse on CGI-I),
there has to be a return visit/phone call within 1-2 weeks to revisit/re-evaluate with CGI-I. If
the subject still has 6 or 7, then case must be discussed with SC and Medical Monitor to get
approval for participation to continue.

Study noncompliance

Study physician discretion
Subjects must be withdrawn for the following reasons: 

At the participant or guardian request

If the medical monitor feels worsening of their clinical condition or life threatening adverse
events are likely to be related to the study treatment or procedures.
8.6 Safety Oversight 
8.6.1 Independent Medical Monitor 
 has a wealth of experience in pediatric oxytocin administration as she has 
conducted many of her own trials. She will serve as the independent medical monitor for this study. 
She will review alarm values of labs and ECGs as defined by site treating physician and/or site PI, 
UPs, SAEs, pregnancies, serious suicidal ideation. and serious adverse events within 14 working 
days of their reporting.  She will also review all new treatment emergent adverse effects of moderate 
or greater severity two times a year prior to DSMB meetings.  She will be available to DSMB and to 
steering committee to discuss concerns about safety related to the 2 above activities. She will also 
discuss any case in which an individual participant has significant worsening reflected by a CGI-I of 
6 or 7 that has not improved over the course of 8 weeks and/or with dose reduction.   
8.6.2 Data Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) 
The UNC TRACS Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) will monitor data from all sites. The 
principle role of the DSMB is to monitor the data from clinical trials to protect the safety of the 
research participants.  To achieve this, the DSMB will: a) establish a 2 times/year schedule; b) 
review proposed protocols for safety and validity; c) evaluate recruitment and rate of enrollment in 
relation to the projected activity; d) monitor the occurrence of adverse events, serious adverse 

Page 149 of 179 
events, and early withdrawals or terminations throughout the course of the study; e) review with a 
designated research staff member the pattern of the study data; and f) evaluate study outcomes, when 
available. It will be reviewed by the DSMB 2 times/year.  
8.6.3 Overall Study Stopping Criteria 
At 26 week intervals, the study biostatistician will test whether there are significant differences 
between those on active treatment and those on placebo for Severe and Life Threatening/Fatal 
adverse events. The statistical analysis method will be a Fisher Exact Test. The significance level 
considered significant for these tests will be 0.05 without correction for multiple comparisons.  If 
there are any significant differences that indicate greater risk for active treatment, further enrollment 
will be stopped, but participants currently being treated will continue. These results will be provided 
to the DSMB along with the summary report of enrollment and other safety data at their next 
regularly scheduled meeting.  If the DSMB will evaluate the apparently increased risk and work with 
the SOARS Steering committee as necessary to develop a mutually acceptable plan for addressing 
the apparently increased risk. Such decisions might involve closing the study entirely, changing 
dosing or implementing additional monitoring.  
      8.6.4 Cardiac Monitoring Plan 
Based on the patient’s age, gender, and height percentile, we have adapted blood pressure 
parameters where blood pressures above or below the set threshold will prompt the PI to consider 
doing an EKG. These parameters were derived from the National High Blood Pressure Education 
Program Working Group on High Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents(Falkner, Daniels et 
al. 2004). We have likewise adapted parameters from Pediatric cardiology for practitioners(Park 
2008) and Normal ECG standards for infants and children (Davignon, Rautaharju et al. 1979)to 
establish heart rate guidelines where patients whose heart rate is above or below these thresholds 
will be considered for an EKG at every visit. Finally, we will incorporate clinical signs and 
symptoms of cardiac risk into our assessment with the vital sign measurement and specifically query 
for the presence of syncope, dizziness, palpitations, shortness of breath, and bradycardia or 
tachycardia. The clinical parameters will be incorporated into the SLAES. The specific parameters 
for heart rate, blood pressure are located in Appendix A. We believe, given the low cardiac risk of 
oxytocin, that careful monitoring of vital signs and clinical signs and symptoms at every visit will be 
adequate to ensure the safety of our patients.  
9        CLINICAL MONITORING 
9.1 Site Monitoring Plan 
Site monitoring will be conducted to ensure that the human subject protection, study procedures, 
laboratory, study intervention administration, and data collection processes are of high quality and 
meet the sponsor, ICH E6 and, when appropriate, regulatory guidelines.  This section will give a 
general description of how site monitoring will be conducted.  The data monitor will be housed at 
the Data Center at UNC Chapel Hill. The Data/Regulatory Monitor will monitor the database, with 
the data manager, in order to assess quality assurance and control issues, and will generate queries 
from the database. This individual will also monitor each site’s regulatory documents for 

Page 150 of 179 
completeness and accuracy (delegation of duties logs, 1572s, FDFs, general correspondence, IRB 
correspondence, laboratory values etc).  He/she will travel to each site in order to monitor the study 
coordinators and the case report forms to ensure that data are collected completely and accurately. 
Specifics of site monitoring will be included in the separate data monitoring plan. He/she will ensure 
that queries are resolved.  He/she will also ensure that data is properly and accurately entered into 
the database.   
10 STATISTICAL CONSIDERATIONS 
The overall statistician or his/her designee will conduct and have ultimate responsibility for all data 
analysis described below.  All statistical computing will be done using the most recent version of 
SAS.  The lead statistician will do the programming and perform the analyses.  The analyses 
described below will be performed on the intent-to-treat population.  Additional exploratory analyses 
may be performed on the per protocol population or key subsets of the sample (e.g. those 
participants without fluent phrase speech).  All data will be explored using descriptive statistics and 
graphical techniques prior to any hypothesis testing.  For categorical variables, we will examine 
frequency distributions and where appropriate contingency tables and histograms.  For continuous 
variables, we will examine frequency distributions and, where appropriate, box-and-whisker plots.  
When appropriate, we will consider transformation.  If necessary due to distributional 
considerations, we will cautiously consider a change of analysis method to a less parametric one.  
10.1 
Statistical Analysis (Please also see SAP) 
General Modeling: Unless otherwise specified, we will fit a mixed longitudinal model with change 
from baseline to each post-baseline month (4 weeks) for a response variable, functioning (low versus 
high) as the stratification variable, center as a blocking factor, treatment (oxytocin versus placebo) as 
the between-subjects factor, week as a within-subjects factor, their interaction, and baseline as a 
covariate.  The primary model used will be a mixed model with repeated measures (MMRM), 
treating week categorically and using an autoregressive (with a lag of 1) covariance structure.  As a 
secondary sensitivity analysis, we will fit a random coefficients model treating week continuously 
with random coefficients for the intercept, slope, and slope squared, with an unstructured structure 
among the random coefficients.    The primary hypothesis test of interest will be a test of treatment 
effect at week 24. Distributional assumptions will be examined using residuals.  These mixed models 
could fail to converge or encounter difficulties based on their use of asymptotics.  If they do, we will 
attempt to simplify the models in order to eliminate the problems, and if necessary, move to analyses 
that assume compound symmetry, but use a Huynh-Feldt correction if compound symmetry fails.  
Missing Data: The mixed models used to evaluate the continuous response variables are able to 
handle moderate amounts of missing data provided they are missing at random.  We will examine 
the missing at random assumption by assessing baseline differences between dropouts and 
completers, as well as differences in response variables up to the point of premature withdrawal.  If 
the missing at random assumption does not appear to be tenable, we will report the mixed models 
results but spend additional effort characterizing treatment effect at time of premature withdrawal or 
the effect of not including participants with significant missing data in supplementary analyses.   

Page 151 of 179 
10.2 
Sample Size Considerations 
We will use a mixed longitudinal model for our primary analyses (see Statistical Analyses below).  
Since some aspects of the model such as covariance structure are unknown, we performed power and 
sample size calculations using a more conservative, simplified model corresponding to a two-group 
t-test on change scores.  We plan to analyze two co-primary outcome measures: the ABC-SW, which
will provide consistency with pivotal trials of other medications hypothesized to improve ASD
social symptoms, and the combined social score, which integrates ABC-SW symptoms with the new
Pervasive Developmental Disorders Behavior Inventory-Screening Version SOCDEF raw score
(PDDBI-SV, Cohen 2011, also see Outcome Measures) in order to fully capture the range of
impairments in reciprocal social behaviors observed in ASD.  We will use an alpha of 0.025 to
correct for two co-primary outcomes. SOARS-B is powered for Aim 1b to allow independent
evaluation of oxytocin efficacy in low and high-functioning youth.
Standard deviations of change scores for the ABC-SW range from ~5 to 9 in several large ASD 
intervention trials (McCracken, McGough et al. 2002; Shea, Turgay et al. 2004; Aman, McDougle et 
al. 2009; King, Hollander et al. 2009; Marcus, Owen et al. 2009; Owen, Sikich et al. 2009).  We 
consider a between groups difference of 5-7 points in ABC-SW change scores to be clinically 
meaningful.  In our power calculations, we use conservative estimates of 9 points for the SD of 
ABC-SW change and 5 points for between group differences in ABC-SW changes (differential 
improvement on ~1/3 of items).  To achieve 80% power with an alpha of 0.025 on the ABC-SW, we 
will require 71 participants in each treatment group within the two strata. Thus, our total required 
sample for the ABC-SW in Aim 1b is 284.  We examined change in the combined social score in 30 
3-17 year olds with ASD, 20 treated with aripiprazole and 10 medication-free controls.  The mean
baseline value was 33.5 (17.2 SD) and the change overall was -10.7 (SD 13.0), with a SD of change
in each group of 11.9.  Within each treatment group, changes in the combined social score paralleled
those in the ABC-SW and PDDBI-SV, but had less variability (Sikich, personal data).  We consider
a between groups difference in the combined social measure changes of 10-12 to be clinically
meaningful.  Conservative estimates using a SD of 15 and a between groups difference of 10 in the
combined social score changes results in a larger effect size for the combined social measure than for
the ABC-SW.  Consequently, we should have at least 80% power.  A sample size of 300 will allow
for 5% attrition between randomization and the first post-randomization visit.  On 3/28/2016 we
reduced the attrition rate to 1% based on attrition rate observed to date which gives a final sample
size of 290. Aims 1a, 3 and 4 consider all participants, resulting in much greater power than for Aim
1b.  The power of moderator analyses depends on the distribution of participant characteristics and
variability in methylation and mRNA expression observed, which can’t be estimated reliably at this
time.
11 SUBJECT CONFIDENTIALITY 
In order to protect confidentiality, only randomly assigned ID numbers rather than names will appear 
on clinically sensitive charts, files, and digital data. The key linking the numeric identifier and 
participant’s identity will be maintained on a separate drive that is double password protected and to 
which only the site PI and coordinator have access.  Contact information will be recorded separately 
in double password protected files with restricted access as above.  The code linking the names with 

Page 152 of 179 
the ID numbers will be securely protected with limited access. Medical records will be kept 
confidential with access granted only to those medical and research professionals directly involved 
with the study. If any scientific paper based on the data collected for this study is published, no 
information that could be linked to any single participant will be reported. Confidentiality will be 
protected to the fullest extent permitted by law.  All research personnel have completed HIPPA 
training for researchers and human ethics training.  
The samples for the methylation portion of the study (which will be sent to Simon Gregory’s team at 
Duke) will be single-coded, that is, labeled with a single specific code that does not carry any 
personal identifiers.  Single coding is the current standard used in clinical research and offers 
additional safeguards to the subject’s identifiers compared to the HIPAA authorization. With this 
method it is possible to trace the samples back to a given subject with the use of the single coding 
key.  The clinical study investigator is responsible for maintaining the coding key. This coding key 
will be stored separately from the research data. When stored electronically, it will be password 
protected as it will contain identifying information. The samples will also note the date of collection 
and visit number. 

Page 153 of 179 
13        APPENDIX A (Clinical Parameters for Cardiac Monitoring) 
BLOOD PRESSURE PARAMETERS FOR GIRLS 
AGE 
MIN 
(5th % height) 
MIN 
(95th % height) 
MAX 
(5th % height) 
MAX 
(95th % height) 
3 
86/47 
93/51 
104/65 
110/69 
4 
88/50 
94/54 
105/68 
112/72 
5 
89/52 
96/56 
107/70 
113/74 
6 
91/54 
98/58 
108/72 
115/76 
7 
93/55 
99/59 
110/73 
116/77 
8 
95/57 
101/60 
112/75 
118/78 
9 
96/58 
103/61 
114/76 
120/79 
10 
98/59 
105/62 
116/77 
122/80 
11 
100/60 
107/63 
118/78 
124/81 
12 
102/61 
109/64 
119/79 
126/82 
13 
104/62 
110/65 
121/80 
128/83 
14 
106/63 
112/66 
123/81 
129/84 
15 
107/64 
113/67 
124/82 
131/85 
16 
108/64 
114/68 
125/82 
132/86 
17 
108/64 
115/68 
125/82 
132/86 
BLOOD PRESSURE PARAMTERS FOR BOYS 
AGE 
MIN (5th % 
height) 
MIN (95th % 
height) 
MAX (5th % 
height) 
MAX (95th % 
height) 
3 
86/44 
95/48 
104/63 
113/67 
4 
88/47 
97/52 
106/66 
115/71 
5 
90/50 
98/55 
108/69 
116/74 
6 
91/53 
100/57 
109/72 
117/76 
7 
92/55 
101/59 
110/74 
119/78 
8 
94/56 
102/61 
111/75 
120/80 
9 
95/57 
104/62 
113/76 
121/81 
10 
97/58 
106/63 
115/77 
123/82 
11 
99/59 
107/63 
117/78 
125/82 
12 
101/59 
110/64 
119/78 
127/83 
13 
104/60 
112/64 
121/79 
130/83 
14 
106/60 
115/65 
124/80 
132/84 
15 
109/61 
117/66 
126/81 
135/85 
16 
111/63 
120/67 
129/82 
137/87 
17 
114/65 
122/70 
131/84 
140/89 
Adapted from National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group on High Blood 
Pressure in Children and Adolescents: The fourth report on the diagnosis, evaluation, and treatment 
of high blood pressure in children and adolescents(Falkner, Daniels et al. 2004). 

Page 154 of 179 
HEART RATE PARAMETERS 
AGE 
MIN 
MAX 
1-3
90 
150 
4-5
65 
135 
6-8
60 
130 
9-11
60 
110 
12-16
60 
110 
>16
60 
100 
Adapted from Pediatric cardiology for practitioners(Park 2008) and Normal ECG standards for 
infants and children(Davignon, Rautaharju et al. 1979). 
14 SUMMARY OF PROTOCOL CHANGES 
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date 08 March 2013): 

Removal of whole blood serotonin collection at Months 8, 12, and 18

Addition of salivary oxytocin collection at same time points as plasma oxytocin collection
(Screening, Month 2, Month 6, Month 8, Month 12 and Month 18) (added to schedule of events
and in visit descriptions)

Addition of intelligence tests (Stanford-Binet 5/Mullen at Months 6, 12, 18 (added to Schedule
of Events and in visit descriptions)

Clarified scoring procedures on the Mullen assessment regarding when to calculate mental age
for participants

Revised Oxytocin Flexible Dosing Strategy (Table 3)

Updated/clarified definitions and recording requirements for concomitant medications. Made
clarifications regarding the documentation of PRNs

Added specific list of prohibited meds (ones that affect brain serotonin levels)

Added an additional reportable event section:
o
serious intentional self-harm/serious suicidal ideation
o
Pregnancy of subject or a subject’s sexual partner

Revised language regarding study stopping criteria:

Added language regarding Overall Study Stopping Criteria per DSMB request

Changed “if moderate or severe adverse events occur that cannot be addressed by dose
adjustment or addition of concomitant medications” to “if moderate or severe adverse events
occur that cannot be addressed by dose adjustment or addition of concomitant medications (these
can be discussed with SC and Medical Monitor. Investigators are encouraged to try dose
reduction or addition of concomitant medications).”

Changed “clinical worsening (much worse or very much worse on CGI-I) at two consecutive
visits unless explicitly discussed and agreed with SC and Medical Monitor that participant can
continue in the study” to “If a subject is worsening clinically (they have score of 6 – much worse
or 7 – very much worse on CGI-I, there has to be a return visit/phone call within 1-2 weeks to re-

Page 155 of 179 
visit/re-evaluate with CGI-I. If the subject still has 6 or 7, then case must be discussed with SC 
and Medical Monitor to get approval for participation to continue.” 

Changed reporting rule requirements for UPs,SAEs and other reportable events

Specified UNC’s responsibilities for reporting to specific authorities

Specified reporting requirements for other site

Added 2 new categories for severity of an adverse event (to be consistent with NC TraCS DSMB

Life-threatening: Substantial risk dying or requires intervention to prevent death

Death related to AE: Subject died as a result of the event, self-explanatory

Made DSMB section consistent:

DSMB will meet and review the study 3x/year instead of quarterly as previously indicated

Clarified definition of Serious Adverse Event

Updated Tables 1 & 2 regarding Adverse Events

Updated section regarding randomization method:

We will randomize centrally, using our data management system.  We currently do just that in
our multicenter IMPACT trial.  When a site needs to randomize a subject, after baseline is
assessed, the coordinator opens the Randomization form.  This form uses already assessed strata
to randomize from the appropriate stratum.  We will not stratify by site.  We felt that both
functional status and age group were more likely to be related to the outcome than site, and there
are limits to how many strata we can have.  We will stratify by functional status (high or low)
and age group (3 age groups), producing 6 strata.  Dr. Hamer will generate a randomization plan
for each of the 6 strata, using a permuted block algorithm with randomly selected block sizes of
2 and 4, using SAS.  The table will be exported to an Excel file and sent to the data manager, Ms.
Scheer.  This can be done without having Dr. Hamer ever actually see the randomization plan.
(He will debug the program and when debugged, run it with a new seed for the random number
generator without seeing the results.)  Ms. Scheer will import the randomization plan as a table in
Access.  The Randomization form will use Visual Basic code and the values of the strata
variables to enter the correct subset of the table and choose the first unused treatment.  It will
generate an ID number and send an email to the appropriate pharmacy, where drug will be
assigned.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date March 21, 2013,v. 3.0): 

Changed dearth of safety information to limited safety information given new data emerging,
Added clarifying text to the evidence for safety of sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in
ASD.

Introduced nomenclature of “sociability factor (SF)” to replace prior references to combined
social score.  There is no change in how it is derived.

Clarified the key secondary outcomes analyzed in aim 1c.

Clarified the exploratory measures including the calibrated severity score from the ADOS and
the reading the mind in the eyes test.

Added examination of potential interactions with defined classes of concomitant medications.

Page 156 of 179 

Clarified procedures for flexible dosing and doses labeled by letter.

Added suicidality assessments to schedule of visits and provided section describing how
assessments would be done.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: Jan 16, 2014) 

Define deafness and blindness

Duke genetics testing is now NOT optional, but the NIMH samples ARE still optional. Because
the Duke samples (mRNA/methylation) are part of our specific/exploratory aims, we did not
want to dilute the sample size. With genetics you run the risk of not having enough power
because the sample size is too small, so we felt it was important to require this sample to ensure
it is collected from all subjects. We will more likely be able to see an effect with a larger sample.

Changed citations and fixed the reference section as they appear in the text using Endnote.

Deleted the previous reference list and created an Endnote automatically updated version\

Added clarification that screening labs must be repeated if there is more than 12 weeks between
the screening and baseline visits.

Change the CASI-4R to the CASI-V version

Taking over psychiatric care for subjects is now optional. This will be determined by site.

Clarified that unblinding will not be permitted in this protocol. However, subject’s may have
treatment interrupted (temporarily discontinued) by treating clinician and the subject may be re-
challenged if it is discussed and approved by the SC.

Addition of a more specific cardiac monitoring plan where heart rate, blood pressure and pulse
will be monitored at every visit in addition to clinical paremeters in the SLAES. Syncope
(fainting) is added as a separate line item in the SLAES.

Added optional PK protocol (section 12)

Move methylation sample and plasma/salivary OT sample from month 8 (week 32) to week 36
(month 9) to make it coincide with PK sample for those individuals participating in the optional
PK study (ie: eliminating an additional blood draw for those who are participating in the PK
study).

Updated table of contents

Clarified in randomization procedures that we will stratify both by functional status and by age
group.

The ABC and PDDBI-SV will be added to all in office visits. The schedule of events and visit
descriptions have been edited to reflect this change.

Section 10.1 changes made in statistical analysis general modeling section.

Changed all Month to weeks (example, month 1 will now be week 4)

Removed information about where the drug will be manufactured/compounded as this
information will be directly in the IND application to the FDA and not in the protocol.

Deleted information about specific dosing concentrations (Tables 3a and 3b).

Added a table that specified total daily dose (broken up into morning and afternoon doses). Does
not specify number of sprays/concentration of each dose.

Page 157 of 179 

Removed ADOS calibrated severity score as a potential exploratory outcome measure

Removed ADOS from week 48

Increased the number of mLs needed for NIMH optional genetic sample

Clarified prohibited benzodiazepines in prohibited meds section of protocol.

Removed medication administration training video for parents

Added more specific criteria for increasing and decreasing dose:
o
Increases in Dose: Doses may increase if all three of the following criteria are met:

CGI-I is not a 1 or a 2

No evidence of clinically significant adverse events

Parents agree
o
Decreases in Dose: Doses must be decreased if any of the following criteria are met:

Significant AEs persist for at least 2 weeks or clinician judges it requires
immediate adjustment of dose

OR

Clinician, parent, participant felt they were doing better on lower dose

OR

CGI score of 6 or 7
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: March 8, 2014) 

Clarified information concerning dosing (added two sentences).

Added missed X marks in CGI-I and SLAES in check boxes in table 6 for week 2 and 26.

Added further clarification to exclusion criteria for chronic oxytocin treatment (added that
chronic is daily intranasal oxytocin treatment of more than 1 month)

Clarified an ideal time for plasma/salivary oxytocin collection

Clarified details on the specific salivary oxytocin collection procedure

Editorial changes removing bullet points and double words.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: July 25 2014) 

Added cyberball task at baseline, week 8, week 24, week 32, week 48 and week 72

Suggested time for NIMH sample of subject to be drawn is week 36 due to the volume of blood
collected at other visits.

Safety labs must be re-drawn if has been greater than 12 months between screening and baseline

Optional re-draw at baseline of plasma oxytocin, methylation and salivary oxytocin (prior to first
dose of study drug) in order for these levels to be an accurate reflection of baseline levels (for
subjects who have had a lengthy time between screening and baseline)

Clarifying that the T0 draw for the PK study is the same as the regular plasma oxytocin level at
weeks 36 and 44. Therefore, those participating in the PK study do not ALSO need an additional
tube for the plasma oxytocin levels.

Change inclusion criteria regarding ADOS and ADI-R. Now subjects must have a clinical
diagnosis of ASD confirmed either using the Autism Diagnostic Observation Scale (ADOS, Lord
et al., 2001) or the Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R, Rutter, 2003). For subjects

Page 158 of 179 
who do not meet criteria on either, but the clinician still believes to have ASD, those individuals 
may be included if the SC agrees. 

Clarified that dosing my only be decreased by 8IU qD increments and increased by 8IU BID
increments.

Dose decrease criteria clarified. Instead of clinical worsening, the criteria now states that dose
may be decreased if there are two consecutive CGI-I scores are worse that the preceding two
CGI-I scores.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: November 17, 2014) 

Methylation and mRNA will be collected at screening, baseline (optional for those who have had
lengthy screening periods), week 8, week 24 and week 36

Stanford Binet and Mullen must be completed within 1 month of baseline (can be completed at
screening but must be repeated if not within 1 month of randomization).

Clarification on prohibited meds: Remeron (mirtazapine) is allowed but tricyclics/tetracyclic
antidepressants are now prohibited.

Clarified that for the Vineland-II, we will be using the parent/caregiver rating form instead of the
survey/interview format and we will not be doing the maladaptive behaviors.

Pregnancy test (urine or serum) for females of childbearing potential must be confirmed as
negative within 2 weeks of baseline appointment. This can either be done at a screening visit or
can be done at baseline prior to randomization (urine dipstick test).

Preferred time to collect NIMH repository sample from subject is now at week 48. This is due to
the fact that week 48 now has the least amount of blood drawn due to changes in
methylation/mRNA sample collection.

Removed the PDDBI-Full and instead it will be replaced with the much shorter PDDBI-SV and
also removed reference to PDDBI-full in the exploratory outcome measures section of the
protocol.

Clarified in the schedule of events superscript 0 beside CGI-S/I. CGI-S at baseline and CGI-S
and CGI-I at all other time points.

Deleted reference to Week 44 regular plasma OT sample in the PK protocol section as it was
added erroneously in the previous version.

Clarified that we will not be doing the gross motor subtest of the Mullen

Revised dose decreasing criteria

Clarified in several locations throughout the protocol that there will now be 6 sites instead of 5
sites.

Added clarification that cyberball task is an additional outcome measure in section 2.2.3.

Removed estimates of times/year that the monitor will travel to each site. This may be variable
depending on the rate of enrollment at each site.

DSMB will now meet 2 times/year

The medical monitor will now review all new treatment emergent adverse effects of moderate or
greater severity two times a year in order to coincide with the DSMB meetings.

Page 159 of 179 

Alert values for labs and EKGs are determined by site PI and/or site treating physician

Administrative change: rearranged reportable events section of the protocol (changed section
numbers) to be more clear/concise and also added alert lab/EKG values as considered reportable
events and must be reported to UNC within 7 days of the sites awareness.

Addition of a visual analogue scale for treating physician and coordinator to complete at week 0,
12, 24, 36, 48 and 72.

Made additional clarification in the schedule of events about a previous modification regarding
labs. Safety labs (glucose, CO2, Cl, K, Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT, urine specific gravity
and pregnancy test) must be redrawn at baseline if more than 12 months has elapsed between
screening and baseline visits. Methylation, plasma/salivary oxytocin has an optional re-draw at
baseline if there has been a lengthy time between screening and baseline visits.
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date: March 2, 2015) 

Clarified the target dose and the efforts to achieve the target dose if at all possible.

Increased the requirement for duration of treatment with the target dose (from 4 weeks to 7
weeks) to ensure there was full opportunity to evaluate the target dose. Clarified the rules for
maintaining a lower dose than recommended by the titration schedule, timing of subsequent dose
increases during the titration phase, mandatory and optional dose reductions and increases above
the target dose.

Increased the total dose given at one time from 40/0 IU (1 high dose insufflation and 2 low dose
insufflations) to 48/0 IU (2 high dose insufflations) to allow achievement of the total daily target
dose with a single administration time.

Clarified procedures related to interrupting dosing in order to capture primary outcome measures
and safety data very close to the time of the last study treatment to increase interpretability of
data.

Added two additional possible doses in schedule (48 IU AM/0 IU PM and 48 IU AM/24 IU PM)
as the maximum dose at any time can be 48 IU

mRNA was initially overlooked and will be part of optional re-draw at baseline which is now
reflected in section 6.2 and schedule of events.

Clarified wording in the Schedule of events.

Add full urinalysis at all time points when specific gravity is already analyzed.

Clarified early termination procedures, need to obtain data within 2 weeks of stopping treatment.
Specified those ending in blinded phase would complete week 24 procedures and those ending in
open label phase would complete week 48 procedures.

Clarified interrupted treatment procedures

Add clarification that follow up safety measures may be added based on physician judgment
(such as additional unscheduled labs, ECGs, visits etc) in section 6.7

Changed timing of visual analog scale to correspond with all post-baseline in person scheduled
visits (all visits except 2 and 26)

Page 160  of 179 

Clarified that the visual analogue scale (VAS) will be called the VAS of change (not
improvement) and will have three sections: overall functioning, repetitive behavior, and social-
communicative functioning. Additionally clarified that only the clinician will complete the
baseline description of functioning (not the coordinator) and added the VAS to discussion of
additional outcome measures.

Clarified that the Mullen receptive language subtest needs to be done in all children who require
ADOS testing with a Module 1 or 2 who are 5 years 8 months old or younger to determine
functional strata.

A focused clinical exam will be done at all post screening visits (instead of full NIMH physical
exam form which combines aspects of physical and medical history) and clarified in assessments
section that height/weight will be obtained as part of vital signs

Clarified that medical monitor will review significant and persistent worsening of functioning
(CGI-I of 6 or 7) and require the individual participant stop the study.

Clarifying procedures for re-evaluation visit (if dose is decreased or CGI-I score is 6 or 7).

Clarifying procedures for when a subject must be withdrawn versus when a subject may be
withdrawn.

Administrative and editorial changes throughout.
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date: May 8, 2015; Protocol Version 5.0) 

Revised inclusion/exclusion criteria to allow for all concomitant psychiatric medication that has
been stable for 4 weeks prior to baseline appointment.

Clarified that individual has to be diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder  using DSM-V
criteria.

Removed prohibited medications section
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date: June 4, 2015; Protocol Version 5.1) 

Overall PI (Dr. Sikich) is no longer affiliated with UNC-Chapel Hill. New affiliation is with
Duke University. Duke University will now be lead site under direction of overall PI (Sikich).
Various changes made to clarify this (phone number, email addresses, etc).
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date 3/21/2016; Protocol Version 6.0) 

Adding additional exclusion criteria: subjects cannot have active seizures within the 6 months
prior to screening or baseline.

Remove Dr. Hamer as lead statistician.

Russ Dean is now the PI at the UNC-Data Center

Clarified that visit procedures may occur on separate days as needed, but open label study drug
administration may not occur until all week 24 procedures have been completed.

Remove cyberball task entirely

Remove ADI-R at screening, this will be completed at physician discretion only

Page 161 of 179 

Removed the requirement for the IQ testing (Mullen/SB) to be completed within 1 month of the
baseline visit. This does not have to be repeated at baseline if it has been more than 1 month
between screening and baseline.

Replace week 2 phone call/email so that the study team only sends the Parent Dose Sheet
(schedule B)

Changed week 12 to only be questionnaires, no in office visit

Removed ADOS week 24, this may be completed at the physician’s/site’s discretion

Remove week 26 phone call/email

Removed week 32, 40 and 44 visits where dose is not expected to change. Subjects will be
instructed to contact the site if there are any issues between scheduled visits. Subjects may
always have the ability for an unscheduled visit as needed.

Week 36 visit
o
Remove VABS and RMET
o
Added safety lab collection (blood/urine)

Remove the following procedures at week 48:
o
Removed EKG
o
Removed the blood draw, urine and saliva collection at week 48 (plasma oxytocin, safety
labs, salivary oxytocin) at week 48, it is the physician’s discretion if they want to assess
safety labs (blood and urine) only

Removed week 72 visit

Added down titration schedule at the end of the study or if a subject early terminates and agrees
to follow the down titration schedule

Added a follow up phone call (SLAES) to be completed after study drug has been stopped at
week 53-55

Shorten early termination visit. No blood/saliva/EKG/ADOS or IQ testing is required at an E/T
visit.

Made general clarifications and better wording surrounding the dosing. Major changes include:
o
For optional dose reductions, clarified that the SLAES does not need to be completed,
but adverse events do need to be assessed and documented.
o
Changed criteria for increasing above the target dose: removed criteria that CGI-I cannot
be a 1. If the CGI-I is a 1, but the clinician still feels there is room for improvement, then
the dose may still be increased above target.
o
Change dosing scheme in open label phase:

Week 24-28 = 24 IU TDD

Week 28-36 = 48 IU TDD

Week 36-48 = 72 IU TDD

General clarifications were made regarding wording surrounding the Parent Dose Sheet and
medication diary. No procedures were changed.

It was clarified that subjects will be given enough study drug to last until their next scheduled
visit.

Page 162 of 179 

Clarified that PK visits may occur at any time starting at week 36 or later and clarified the
suggested dosing for each of the visits.

Decreased overall samples size to 290 due to lower than expected attrition rates.

Adding more wording to clarify definitions for relatedness: Yes= related, likely = probably, no =
unrelated

Added additional definitions surrounding adverse event monitoring related to the SLAES:

Pattern Definition: This is to help the clinician define the pattern of the AE and give some
clarity to timing of an event.

Change/Outcome-This should be captured in order to help the clinician make a clear
decision on a severity rating and better follow the AE through time.

Action Take-The action taken after the report of an AE can be captured by the definitions
below:

Page 163 of 179 
15 Literature References 
Aman, M. G., C. J. McDougle, et al. (2009). "Medication and parent training in children with pervasive 
developmental disorders and serious behavior problems: results from a randomized clinical trial." J 
Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 48(12): 1143-1154. 
Aman, M. G., N. N. Singh, et al. (1985). "The aberrant behavior checklist: a behavior rating scale for the 
assessment of treatment effects." Am J Ment Defic 89(5): 485-491. 
Anagnostou, E., L. Soorya, et al. (2012). "Intranasal oxytocin versus placebo in the treatment of adults 
with autism spectrum disorders: a randomized controlled trial." Mol Autism 3(1): 16. 
Andari, E., J. R. Duhamel, et al. (2010). "Promoting social behavior with oxytocin in high-functioning 
autism spectrum disorders." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 107(9): 4389-4394. 
Ansseau, M., J. J. Legros, et al. (1987). "Intranasal oxytocin in obsessive-compulsive disorder." 
Psychoneuroendocrinology 12(3): 231-236. 
Bales, K. L., A. D. Lewis-Reese, et al. (2007). "Early experience affects the traits of monogamy in a 
sexually dimorphic manner." Dev Psychobiol 49(4): 335-342. 
Bales, K. L., P. M. Plotsky, et al. (2007). "Neonatal oxytocin manipulations have long-lasting, sexually 
dimorphic effects on vasopressin receptors." Neuroscience 144(1): 38-45. 
Bales, K. L., J. A. van Westerhuyzen, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin has dose-dependent developmental effects 
on pair-bonding and alloparental care in female prairie voles." Horm Behav 52(2): 274-279. 
Baron-Cohen, S., S. Wheelwright, et al. (2001). "The "Reading the Mind in the Eyes" Test revised 
version: a study with normal adults, and adults with Asperger syndrome or high-functioning autism." 
J Child Psychol Psychiatry 42(2): 241-251. 
Bartz, J. A., J. Zaki, et al. (2010). "Effects of oxytocin on recollections of maternal care and closeness." 
Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 107(50): 21371-21375. 
Bartz, R. R. and C. A. Piantadosi (2010). "Clinical review: oxygen as a signaling molecule." Crit Care 
14(5): 234. 
Baskerville, T. A. and A. J. Douglas (2010). "Dopamine and oxytocin interactions underlying behaviors: 
potential contributions to behavioral disorders." CNS Neurosci Ther 16(3): e92-123. 
Baumgartner, T., M. Heinrichs, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin shapes the neural circuitry of trust and trust 
adaptation in humans." Neuron 58(4): 639-650. 
Billstedt, E., I. C. Gillberg, et al. (2005). "Autism after adolescence: population-based 13- to 22-year 
follow-up study of 120 individuals with autism diagnosed in childhood." J Autism Dev Disord 35(3): 
351-360.
Brannan, A. M., C. A. Heflinger, et al. (1997). "The caregiver strain questionnaire: Measuring the 
impact on the family of living with a child with serious emotional disturbance." Journal of Emotional 
and Behavioral Disorders 5(4): 212-222. 
Buchheim, A., M. Heinrichs, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin enhances the experience of attachment security." 
Psychoneuroendocrinology 34(9): 1417-1422. 

Page 164 of 179 
Campbell, D. B., D. Datta, et al. (2011). "Association of oxytocin receptor (OXTR) gene variants with 
multiple phenotype domains of autism spectrum disorder." Journal of Neurodevelopmental Disorders 
3(2): 101-112. 
Carter, C. S. (2007). "Sex differences in oxytocin and vasopressin: Implications for autism spectrum 
disorders?" Behavioural Brain Research 176(1): 170-186. 
Carter, C. S., E. M. Boone, et al. (2009). "Consequences of Early Experiences and Exposure to Oxytocin 
and Vasopressin Are Sexually Dimorphic." Developmental Neuroscience 31(4): 332-341. 
Ceponiene, R., T. Lepisto, et al. (2003). "Speech-sound-selective auditory impairment in children with 
autism: They can perceive but do not attend." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of 
the United States of America 100(9): 5567-5572. 
Chen, F. S., M. E. Barth, et al. (2011). "Oxytocin Receptor (OXTR) Polymorphisms and Attachment in 
Human Infants." Front Psychol 2: 200. 
Constantino, J. N. (2009). "How continua converge in nature: cognition, social competence, and autistic 
syndromes." J Am Acad Child Adolesc Psychiatry 48(2): 97-98. 
Constantino, J. N., S. A. Davis, et al. (2003). "Validation of a brief quantitative measure of autistic 
traits: comparison of the social responsiveness scale with the autism diagnostic interview-revised." J 
Autism Dev Disord 33(4): 427-433. 
Constantino, J. N., T. Przybeck, et al. (2000). "Reciprocal social behavior in children with and without 
pervasive developmental disorders." J Dev Behav Pediatr 21(1): 2-11. 
Davignon, A., P. Rautaharju, et al. (1979). " Normal ECG standards for Infants and Children." Pediatric 
Cardiology 1: 8. 
Dawson, G., L. Carver, et al. (2002). "Neural correlates of face and object recognition in young children 
with autism spectrum disorder, developmental delay, and typical development." Child Dev 73(3): 
700-717.
Dawson, G., A. N. Meltzoff, et al. (1998). "Children with autism fail to orient to naturally occurring 
social stimuli." J Autism Dev Disord 28(6): 479-485. 
Dawson, G., S. J. Webb, et al. (2004). "Young children with autism show atypical brain responses to 
fearful versus neutral facial expressions of emotion." Dev Sci 7(3): 340-359. 
Dawson, G., S. J. Webb, et al. (2005). "Neurocognitive and electrophysiological evidence of altered face 
processing in parents of children with autism: implications for a model of abnormal development of 
social brain circuitry in autism." Dev Psychopathol 17(3): 679-697. 
De Dreu, C. K., L. L. Greer, et al. (2010). "The neuropeptide oxytocin regulates parochial altruism in 
intergroup conflict among humans." Science 328(5984): 1408-1411. 
De Dreu, C. K. W., L. L. Greer, et al. (2011). "Oxytocin promotes human ethnocentrism." Proceedings 
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 108(4): 1262-1266. 
Denboer, J. A. and H. G. M. Westenberg (1992). "Oxytocin in Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder." 
Peptides 13(6): 1083-1085. 
Di Simplicio, M., R. Massey-Chase, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin enhances processing of positive versus 
negative emotional information in healthy male volunteers." Journal of Psychopharmacology 23(3): 
241-248.

Page 165 of 179 
Ditzen, B., M. Schaer, et al. (2009). "Intranasal Oxytocin Increases Positive Communication and 
Reduces Cortisol Levels During Couple Conflict." Biological Psychiatry 65(9): 728-731. 
Domes, G., M. Heinrichs, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin improves "mind-reading" in humans." Biological 
Psychiatry 61(6): 731-733. 
Epperson, C. N., C. J. McDougle, et al. (1996). "Intranasal oxytocin in obsessive-compulsive disorder." 
Biological Psychiatry 40(6): 547-549. 
Epperson, C. N., C. J. McDougle, et al. (1996). "Intranasal oxytocin in trichotillomania." Biological 
Psychiatry 40(6): 559-560. 
Falkner, B., S. Daniels, et al. (2004). "National High Blood Pressure Education Program Working Group 
on High Blood Pressure in Children and Adolescents:The fourth report on the diagnosis, evaluation, 
and treatment of high blood pressure in children and adolescents." Pediatrics 112(suppl 2): 21. 
Feifel, D., K. Macdonald, et al. (2010). "Adjunctive Intranasal Oxytocin Reduces Symptoms in 
Schizophrenia Patients." Biological Psychiatry 68(7): 678-680. 
Fischer-Shofty, M., S. G. Shamay-Tsoory, et al. (2010). "The effect of intranasal administration of 
oxytocin on fear recognition." Neuropsychologia 48(1): 179-184. 
Gadow, K. D. and J. Sprafkin (2009). The Symptom Inventories:An annotated bibliography. Stony 
Brook, NY, Checkmate Plus. 
Gimpl, G. and F. Fahrenholz (2001). "The Oxytocin Receptor System: Structure, function, and 
regulation." Physiological Reviews 81(2): 629-683. 
Goren, S. B. (1975). "The red eye." Postgrad Med 57(7): 179-182. 
Green, L., D. Fein, et al. (2001). "Oxytocin and autistic disorder: alterations in peptide forms." Biol 
Psychiatry 50(8): 609-613. 
Greene, D. J., N. Colich, et al. (2011). "Atypical neural networks for social orienting in autism spectrum 
disorders." Neuroimage 56(1): 354-362. 
Gregory, S. G., J. J. Connelly, et al. (2009). "Genomic and epigenetic evidence for oxytocin receptor 
deficiency in autism." BMC Med 7: 62. 
Grelotti, D. J., I. Gauthier, et al. (2002). "Social interest and the development of cortical face 
specialization: what autism teaches us about face processing." Dev Psychobiol 40(3): 213-225. 
Guastella, A. J., S. L. Einfeld, et al. (2010). "Intranasal oxytocin improves emotion recognition for youth 
with autism spectrum disorders." Biol Psychiatry 67(7): 692-694. 
Guastella, A. J., P. B. Mitchell, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin enhances the encoding of positive social 
memories in humans." Biol Psychiatry 64(3): 256-258. 
Hall, S. S., A. A. Lightbody, et al. (2012). "Effects of intranasal oxytocin on social anxiety in males with 
fragile X syndrome." Psychoneuroendocrinology 37(4): 509-518. 
Heinrichs, M., T. Baumgartner, et al. (2003). "Social support and oxytocin interact to suppress cortisol 
and subjective responses to psychosocial stress." Biol Psychiatry 54(12): 1389-1398. 
Higashida, H., O. Lopatina, et al. (2010). "Oxytocin signal and social behaviour: comparison among 
adult and infant oxytocin, oxytocin receptor and CD38 gene knockout mice." J Neuroendocrinol 
22(5): 373-379. 

Page 167 of 179 
Hollander, E., J. Bartz, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin increases retention of social cognition in autism." Biol 
Psychiatry 61(4): 498-503. 
Hollander, E., A. T. Phillips, et al. (2003). "Targeted treatments for symptom domains in child and 
adolescent autism." Lancet 362(9385): 732-734. 
Insel, T. R. (2010). "The challenge of translation in social neuroscience: a review of oxytocin, 
vasopressin, and affiliative behavior." Neuron 65(6): 768-779. 
Jacob, S., C. W. Brune, et al. (2007). "Association of the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR) in Caucasian 
children and adolescents with autism." Neuroscience Letters 417(1): 6-9. 
Jin, D., H. X. Liu, et al. (2007). "CD38 is critical for social behaviour by regulating oxytocin secretion." 
Nature 446(7131): 41-45. 
Keri, S., I. Kiss, et al. (2009). "Sharing secrets: oxytocin and trust in schizophrenia." Soc Neurosci 4(4): 
287-293.
King, B. H., E. Hollander, et al. (2009). "Lack of efficacy of citalopram in children with autism 
spectrum disorders and high levels of repetitive behavior: citalopram ineffective in children with 
autism." Arch Gen Psychiatry 66(6): 583-590. 
Kirsch, P., C. Esslinger, et al. (2005). "Oxytocin modulates neural circuitry for social cognition and fear 
in humans." J Neurosci 25(49): 11489-11493. 
Kosfeld, M., M. Heinrichs, et al. (2005). "Oxytocin increases trust in humans." Nature 435(7042): 673-
676. 
Lerer, E., S. Levi, et al. (2010). "Low CD38 expression in lymphoblastoid cells and haplotypes are both 
associated with autism in a family-based study." Autism Research 3(6): 293-302. 
Liu, H. X., O. Lopatina, et al. (2008). "Locomotor activity, ultrasonic vocalization and oxytocin levels in 
infant CD38 knockout mice." Neuroscience Letters 448(1): 67-70. 
Liu, X., Y. Kawamura, et al. (2010). "Association of the oxytocin receptor (OXTR) gene 
polymorphisms with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in the Japanese population." J Hum Genet 
55(3): 137-141. 
Macdonald, K. and T. M. Macdonald (2010). "The peptide that binds: a systematic review of oxytocin 
and its prosocial effects in humans." Harv Rev Psychiatry 18(1): 1-21. 
Marcus, R. N., R. Owen, et al. (2009). "A placebo-controlled, fixed-dose study of aripiprazole in 
children and adolescents with irritability associated with autistic disorder." J Am Acad Child Adolesc 
Psychiatry 48(11): 1110-1119. 
McCracken, J. T., J. McGough, et al. (2002). "Risperidone in children with autism and serious 
behavioral problems." N Engl J Med 347(5): 314-321. 
Miyan, J. A., M. Nabiyouni, et al. (2003). "Development of the brain: a vital role for cerebrospinal 
fluid." Can J Physiol Pharmacol 81(4): 317-328. 
Modahl, C., L. Green, et al. (1998). "Plasma oxytocin levels in autistic children." Biol Psychiatry 43(4): 
270-277.
Moos, F., D. A. Poulain, et al. (1989). "Release of oxytocin within the supraoptic nucleus during the 
milk ejection reflex in rats." Exp Brain Res 76(3): 593-602. 

Page 168 of 179 
Morris, J. F. and M. Ludwig (2004). "Magnocellular dendrites: prototypic receiver/transmitters." J 
Neuroendocrinol 16(4): 403-408. 
Munesue, T., S. Yokoyama, et al. (2010). "Two genetic variants of CD38 in subjects with autism 
spectrum disorder and controls." Neurosci Res 67(2): 181-191. 
Ohnishi, T., H. Matsuda, et al. (2000). "Abnormal regional cerebral blood flow in childhood autism." 
Brain 123 ( Pt 9): 1838-1844. 
Owen, R., L. Sikich, et al. (2009). "Aripiprazole in the treatment of irritability in children and 
adolescents with autistic disorder." Pediatrics 124(6): 1533-1540. 
Park, M. K. (2008). Pediatric Cardiology for Practitioners. St. Louis, Moby. 
Pedersen, C. A., C. M. Gibson, et al. (2011). "Intranasal oxytocin reduces psychotic symptoms and 
improves Theory of Mind and social perception in schizophrenia." Schizophr Res 132(1): 50-53. 
Petrovic, P., R. Kalisch, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin attenuates affective evaluations of conditioned faces 
and amygdala activity." J Neurosci 28(26): 6607-6615. 
Riebold, M., D. Mankuta, et al. (2011). "All-trans retinoic acid upregulates reduced CD38 transcription 
in lymphoblastoid cell lines from Autism spectrum disorder." Mol Med 17(7-8): 799-806. 
Rimmele, U., K. Hediger, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin makes a face in memory familiar." J Neurosci 29(1): 
38-42.
Roid, G. H. (2003). Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scales (SB5). Itasca, IL, Riverside Publishing. 
Sala, M., D. Braida, et al. (2011). "Pharmacologic rescue of impaired cognitive flexibility, social 
deficits, increased aggression, and seizure susceptibility in oxytocin receptor null mice: a 
neurobehavioral model of autism." Biol Psychiatry 69(9): 875-882. 
Sallows, G. O. and T. D. Graupner (2005). "Intensive behavioral treatment for children with autism: 
four-year outcome and predictors." Am J Ment Retard 110(6): 417-438. 
Sasson, N. J., J. T. Elison, et al. (2011). "Brief report: Circumscribed attention in young children with 
autism." J Autism Dev Disord 41(2): 242-247. 
Sasson, N. J., L. M. Turner-Brown, et al. (2008). "Children with autism demonstrate circumscribed 
attention during passive viewing of complex social and nonsocial picture arrays." Autism Research 
1(1): 31-42. 
Savaskan, E., R. Ehrhardt, et al. (2008). "Post-learning intranasal oxytocin modulates human memory 
for facial identity." Psychoneuroendocrinology 33(3): 368-374. 
Scott-Van Zeeland, A. A., M. Dapretto, et al. (2010). "Reward processing in autism." Autism Research 
3(2): 53-67. 
Shea, S., A. Turgay, et al. (2004). "Risperidone in the treatment of disruptive behavioral symptoms in 
children with autistic and other pervasive developmental disorders." Pediatrics 114(5): e634-641. 
Sprafkin, J., K. D. Gadow, et al. (2002). "Further evidence of reliability and validity of the Child 
Symptom Inventory-4: parent checklist in clinically referred boys." J Clin Child Adolesc Psychol 
31(4): 513-524. 
Szatmari, P., S. E. Bryson, et al. (2003). "Predictors of outcome among high functioning children with 
autism and Asperger syndrome." J Child Psychol Psychiatry 44(4): 520-528. 

Page 169 of 179 
Takayanagi, Y., M. Yoshida, et al. (2005). "Pervasive social deficits, but normal parturition, in oxytocin 
receptor-deficient mice." Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 102(44): 16096-16101. 
Tanaka, K., Y. Osako, et al. (2010). "Juvenile social experience regulates central neuropeptides relevant 
to emotional and social behaviors." Neuroscience 166(4): 1036-1042. 
Tansey, K. E., K. J. Brookes, et al. (2010). "Oxytocin receptor (OXTR) does not play a major role in the 
aetiology of autism: genetic and molecular studies." Neuroscience Letters 474(3): 163-167. 
Theodoridou, A., A. C. Rowe, et al. (2009). "Oxytocin and social perception: oxytocin increases 
perceived facial trustworthiness and attractiveness." Horm Behav 56(1): 128-132. 
Tops, M., M. H. van Ijzendoorn, et al. (2011). "Oxytocin receptor gene associated with the efficiency of 
social auditory processing." Front Psychiatry 2: 60. 
Tribollet, E., S. Charpak, et al. (1989). "Appearance and transient expression of oxytocin receptors in 
fetal, infant, and peripubertal rat brain studied by autoradiography and electrophysiology." J Neurosci 
9(5): 1764-1773. 
Unkelbach, C., A. J. Guastella, et al. (2008). "Oxytocin selectively facilitates recognition of positive sex 
and relationship words." Psychol Sci 19(11): 1092-1094. 
Veening, J. G., T. de Jong, et al. (2010). "Oxytocin-messages via the cerebrospinal fluid: behavioral 
effects; a review." Physiol Behav 101(2): 193-210. 
Venter, A., C. Lord, et al. (1992). "A follow-up study of high-functioning autistic children." J Child 
Psychol Psychiatry 33(3): 489-507. 
Waterhouse, L., D. Fein, et al. (1996). "Neurofunctional mechanisms in autism." Psychol Rev 103(3): 
457-489.
Wermter, A. K., I. Kamp-Becker, et al. (2010). "Evidence for the involvement of genetic variation in the 
oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR) in the etiology of autistic disorders on high-functioning level." Am J 
Med Genet B Neuropsychiatr Genet 153B(2): 629-639. 
Whitehouse, A. J. and D. V. Bishop (2008). "Do children with autism 'switch off' to speech sounds? An 
investigation using event-related potentials." Dev Sci 11(4): 516-524. 
Wu, S., M. Jia, et al. (2005). "Positive association of the oxytocin receptor gene (OXTR) with autism in 
the Chinese Han population." Biol Psychiatry 58(1): 74-77. 
Yrigollen, C. M., S. S. Han, et al. (2008). "Genes controlling affiliative behavior as candidate genes for 
autism." Biol Psychiatry 63(10): 911-916. 
Zak, P. J., R. Kurzban, et al. (2005). "Oxytocin is associated with human trustworthiness." Horm Behav 
48(5): 522-527. 
Zak, P. J., A. A. Stanton, et al. (2007). "Oxytocin increases generosity in humans." PLoS One 2(11): 
e1128. 

Page 170 of 179
HIGH LEVEL SUMMARY OF PROTOCOL CHANGES 
Changes were made to the protocol ten times, including six times prior to randomizing participants in 
December 2014. Early changes were made primarily at the request of NICHD reviewers and regulatory 
bodies including the DSMB, IRB’s at various sites, and the FDA. Changes to the visit schedule and 
outcome measures were made primarily as a result of unexpected funding decreases and delays and 
costs in securing study drug. In this summary, changes are presented by type and reason.  
In the detailed summary copied from the final version of the protocol, changes are organized by protocol 
version. 
Safety Procedure Changes: 

Added specific list of prohibited meds that might affect serotonin levels

Expanded reportable events to include intentional self-harm/serious suicidal ideation and
pregnancy

Added criteria for clinical worsening that would  lead to dose decrease

Added blood pressure parameters and ECG at request of a site IRB

Eliminated safety labs at week 48, instead obtaining them at week 36

Greater specification of procedures and criteria for stopping the overall study and withdrawing
an individual participant due to safety concerns.

Required discussion of moderate and severe adverse events with Steering Committee (SC) and
Medical Monitor (MM)

Frequency of DSMB meetings reduced from quarterly to twice annually

Clarified lead site and other treatment sites reporting requirements

Schedule of Events: 

Changed from months to weeks for greater precision of time points

Eliminated in-person visits at Weeks 2 and 26

Eliminated in-person visits at Weeks 32, 40, and 44

Eliminated Month18/Week 72 follow-up due to lack of funding and time, replaced with AE
follow-up approximately 4 weeks after treatment is stopped

Added ABC-SW and PPD-BI SV to each in-person visit

Switched collection of genetic measures and biological samples in open-label treatment from
w32 to w36 to provide additional information about time course of biological measures

Allowed for up to 18 months between screening and baseline with specification of measures that
needed to be repeated due to unanticipated delay in access to study drug once screening was
opened (~ summer 2013)

Minimized the number of visits during open label treatment to weeks 28, 36, 48
Outcome Measures: 

Initially planned to have two co-primary outcomes, the ABC-SW and a combined measure later
termed the Sociability Factor, later discontinued this in the final SAP though change was not
formally made in protocol.

Page 171of 179 

At one point added the cyberball social exclusion task as an objective measure that had shown
sensitivity to change with oxytocin in single dose studies; later eliminated it because we were not
able to adapt for use with younger children, individuals with intellectual disability or a racially
diverse sample with automated scoring.

Removed w24 ADOS due to financial constraints and lack of evidence of change previously

Required collection of study specific genetic measures but not NIMH repository samples

Added optional PK sample at target and maximal dose per FDA request

Added cognitive testing as an outcome at week 24 (after initially also including week 48 and 72)

Added salivary oxytocin collection at same times as plasma oxytocin collection

Specified key secondary outcomes for analysis 1c

Removed PDD-BI full version and switched to 18 item PDD-BI-SV to reduce participant burden

Switched from Vineland Interview version to Vineland caregiver-report version to reduce burden
on staff and participants.
Procedural Changes: 

Revised oxytocin dosing schedule to allow more flexibility during double-blind treatment

Developed specific criteria for increasing oxytocin above target dose

Developed detailed procedures for increasing or reducing oxytocin dose outside of recommended
titration schedule.

Specified use of a centrally administered randomization only included age group and verbal
status as strata and did not include site to minimize uneven cells across full study.

Made DSM-5 criteria primary inclusion criteria to informed by ADI or ADOS and Steering
committee discussion if DSM-5 criteria were positive but ADI/ADOS were not

Changes to the statistical analysis plan were made both in the protocol and noting should refer to
SAP for final plan

Changed randomization target from 300 to 290 because attrition was lower than expected and the
grant funding period was about to expire
Personnel Changes: 

Data Center PI, Dr. Hamer died.  He was replaced by Russ Dean.  However, he lacked the
statistical expertise to perform the analyses so that eventually Duke Clinical Research Institute
statistical staff under the direction of Dr. Sheng Luo performed the primary analyses that are the
subject of this report

Lead PI Sikich switched institutions from UNC to Duke in August 2015

Treatment site PI’s Veenstra-Van der Weele, King and Sanders left their original sites during the
course of the study.  Dr. Veenstra-Van der Weele then headed a new 6th site at Columbia
University.

Page 172 of 179
DETAILED, TEMPORAL SUMMARY OF PROTOCOL CHANGES FROM V6.O 
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date 08 March 2013): 

Removal of whole blood serotonin collection at Months 8, 12, and 18

Addition of salivary oxytocin collection at same time points as plasma oxytocin collection
(Screening, Month 2, Month 6, Month 8, Month 12 and Month 18) (added to schedule of events
and in visit descriptions)

Addition of intelligence tests (Stanford-Binet 5/Mullen at Months 6, 12, 18 (added to Schedule
of Events and in visit descriptions)

Clarified scoring procedures on the Mullen assessment regarding when to calculate mental age
for participants

Revised Oxytocin Flexible Dosing Strategy (Table 3)

Updated/clarified definitions and recording requirements for concomitant medications. Made
clarifications regarding the documentation of PRNs

Added specific list of prohibited meds (ones that affect brain serotonin levels)

Added an additional reportable event section:
o
serious intentional self-harm/serious suicidal ideation
o
Pregnancy of subject or a subject’s sexual partner

Revised language regarding study stopping criteria:
o
Added language regarding Overall Study Stopping Criteria per DSMB request
o
Changed “if moderate or severe adverse events occur that cannot be addressed by dose
adjustment or addition of concomitant medications” to “if moderate or severe adverse
events occur that cannot be addressed by dose adjustment or addition of concomitant
medications (these can be discussed with SC and Medical Monitor. Investigators are
encouraged to try dose reduction or addition of concomitant medications).”
o
Changed “clinical worsening (much worse or very much worse on CGI-I) at two
consecutive visits unless explicitly discussed and agreed with SC and Medical Monitor
that participant can continue in the study” to “If a subject is worsening clinically (they
have score of 6 – much worse or 7 – very much worse on CGI-I, there has to be a return
visit/phone call within 1-2 weeks to re-visit/re-evaluate with CGI-I. If the subject still has
6 or 7, then case must be discussed with SC and Medical Monitor to get approval for
participation to continue.”
o
Changed reporting rule requirements for UPs,SAEs and other reportable events
o
Specified UNC’s responsibilities for reporting to specific authorities
o
Specified reporting requirements for other site

Added 2 new categories for severity of an adverse event (to be consistent with NC TraCS DSMB
o
Life-threatening: Substantial risk dying or requires intervention to prevent death
o
Death related to AE: Subject died as a result of the event, self-explanatory

Made DSMB section consistent:
o
DSMB will meet and review the study 3x/year instead of quarterly as previously
indicated

Clarified definition of Serious Adverse Event

Updated Tables 1 & 2 regarding Adverse Events

Updated section regarding randomization method:
o
We will randomize centrally, using our data management system.  We currently do just
that in our multicenter IMPACT trial.  When a site needs to randomize a subject, after

Page 173 of 179
baseline is assessed, the coordinator opens the Randomization form.  This form uses 
already assessed strata to randomize from the appropriate stratum.  We will not stratify 
by site.  We felt that both functional status and age group were more likely to be related 
to the outcome than site, and there are limits to how many strata we can have.  We will 
stratify by functional status (high or low) and age group (3 age groups), producing 6 
strata.  Dr. Hamer will generate a randomization plan for each of the 6 strata, using a 
permuted block algorithm with randomly selected block sizes of 2 and 4, using SAS.  The 
table will be exported to an Excel file and sent to the data manager, Ms. Scheer.  This can 
be done without having Dr. Hamer ever actually see the randomization plan.  (He will 
debug the program and when debugged, run it with a new seed for the random number 
generator without seeing the results.)  Ms. Scheer will import the randomization plan as a 
table in Access.  The Randomization form will use Visual Basic code and the values of 
the strata variables to enter the correct subset of the table and choose the first unused 
treatment.  It will generate an ID number and send an email to the appropriate pharmacy, 
where drug will be assigned. 
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date March21, 2013 v.3.0): 

Changed dearth of safety information to limited safety information given new data emerging,
Added clarifying text to the evidence for safety of sustained intranasal oxytocin treatment in
ASD.

Introduced nomenclature of “sociability factor (SF)” to replace prior references to combined
social score.  There is no change in how it is derived.

Clarified the key secondary outcomes analyzed in aim 1c.

Clarified the exploratory measures including the calibrated severity score from the ADOS and
the reading the mind in the eyes test.

Added examination of potential interactions with defined classes of concomitant medications.

Clarified procedures for flexible dosing and doses labeled by letter.

Added suicidality assessments to schedule of visits and provided section describing how
assessments would be done.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: Jan 16 2014) 

Define deafness and blindness

Duke genetics testing is now NOT optional, but the NIMH samples ARE still optional. Because
the Duke samples (mRNA/methylation) are part of our specific/exploratory aims, we did not
want to dilute the sample size. With genetics you run the risk of not having enough power
because the sample size is too small, so we felt it was important to require this sample to ensure
it is collected from all subjects. We will more likely be able to see an effect with a larger sample.

Changed citations and fixed the reference section as they appear in the text using Endnote.

Deleted the previous reference list and created an Endnote automatically updated version\

Added clarification that screening labs must be repeated if there is more than 12 weeks between
the screening and baseline visits.

Change the CASI-4R to the CASI-V version

Taking over psychiatric care for subjects is now optional. This will be determined by site.

Clarified that unblinding will not be permitted in this protocol. However, subject’s may have
treatment interrupted (temporarily discontinued) by treating clinician and the subject may be re-
challenged if it is discussed and approved by the SC.

Page 174 of 179

Addition of a more specific cardiac monitoring plan where heart rate, blood pressure and pulse
will be monitored at every visit in addition to clinical paremeters in the SLAES. Syncope
(fainting) is added as a separate line item in the SLAES.

Added optional PK protocol (section 12)

Move methylation sample and plasma/salivary OT sample from month 8 (week 32) to week 36
(month 9) to make it coincide with PK sample for those individuals participating in the optional
PK study (ie: eliminating an additional blood draw for those who are participating in the PK
study).

Updated table of contents

Clarified in randomization procedures that we will stratify both by functional status and by age
group.

The ABC and PDDBI-SV will be added to all in office visits. The schedule of events and visit
descriptions have been edited to reflect this change.

Section 10.1 changes made in statistical analysis general modeling section.

Changed all Month to weeks (example, month 1 will now be week 4)

Removed information about where the drug will be manufactured/compounded as this
information will be directly in the IND application to the FDA and not in the protocol.

Deleted information about specific dosing concentrations (Tables 3a and 3b).

Added a table that specified total daily dose (broken up into morning and afternoon doses). Does
not specify number of sprays/concentration of each dose.

Removed ADOS calibrated severity score as a potential exploratory outcome measure

Removed ADOS from week 48

Increased the number of mLs needed for NIMH optional genetic sample

Clarified prohibited benzodiazepines in prohibited meds section of protocol.

Removed medication administration training video for parents

Added more specific criteria for increasing and decreasing dose:
Increases in Dose: Doses may increase if all three of the following criteria are met:

CGI-I is not a 1 or a 2

No evidence of clinically significant adverse events

Parents agree
Decreases in Dose: Doses must be decreased if any of the following criteria are met:

Significant AEs persist for at least 2 weeks or clinician judges it requires immediate
adjustment of dose
OR

Clinician, parent, participant felt they were doing better on lower dose
OR

CGI score of 6 or 7
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: March 8, 2014) 

Clarified information concerning dosing (added two sentences).

Added missed X marks in CGI-I and SLAES in check boxes in table 6 for week 2 and 26.

Added further clarification to exclusion criteria for chronic oxytocin treatment (added that
chronic is daily intranasal oxytocin treatment of more than 1 month)

Clarified an ideal time for plasma/salivary oxytocin collection

Clarified details on the specific salivary oxytocin collection procedure

Page 175 of 179

Editorial changes removing bullet points and double words.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: July 25, 2014) 

Added cyberball task at baseline, week 8, week 24, week 32, week 48 and week 72

Suggested time for NIMH sample of subject to be drawn is week 36 due to the volume of blood
collected at other visits.

Safety labs must be re-drawn if has been greater than 12 months between screening and baseline

Optional re-draw at baseline of plasma oxytocin, methylation and salivary oxytocin (prior to first
dose of study drug) in order for these levels to be an accurate reflection of baseline levels (for
subjects who have had a lengthy time between screening and baseline)

Clarifying that the T0 draw for the PK study is the same as the regular plasma oxytocin level at
weeks 36 and 44. Therefore, those participating in the PK study do not ALSO need an additional
tube for the plasma oxytocin levels.

Change inclusion criteria regarding ADOS and ADI-R. Now subjects must have a clinical diagnosis of
ASD confirmed either using the Autism Diagnostic Observation Scale (ADOS, Lord et al., 2001) or the
Autism Diagnostic Interview-Revised (ADI-R, Rutter, 2003). For subjects who do not meet criteria on
either, but the clinician still believes to have ASD, those individuals may be included if the SC agrees.

Clarified that dosing my only be decreased by 8IU qD increments and increased by 8IU BID increments.

Dose decrease criteria clarified. Instead of clinical worsening, the criteria now states that dose may be
decreased if there are two consecutive CGI-I scores are worse that the preceding two CGI-I scores.
Summary of Changes (Protocol version date: November 17, 2014) 

Methylation and mRNA will be collected at screening, baseline (optional for those who have had
lengthy screening periods), week 8, week 24 and week 36

Stanford Binet and Mullen must be completed within 1 month of baseline (can be completed at
screening but must be repeated if not within 1 month of randomization).

Clarification on prohibited meds: Remeron (mirtazapine) is allowed but tricyclics/tetracyclic
antidepressants are now prohibited.

Clarified that for the Vineland-II, we will be using the parent/caregiver rating form instead of the
survey/interview format and we will not be doing the maladaptive behaviors..

Pregnancy test (urine or serum) for females of childbearing potential must be confirmed as
negative within 2 weeks of baseline appointment. This can either be done at a screening visit or
can be done at baseline prior to randomization (urine dipstick test).

Preferred time to collect NIMH repository sample from subject is now at week 48. This is due to
the fact that week 48 now has the least amount of blood drawn due to changes in
methylation/mRNA sample collection.

Removed the PDDBI-Full and instead it will be replaced with the much shorter PDDBI-SV and
also removed reference to PDDBI-full in the exploratory outcome measures section of the
protocol.

Clarified in the schedule of events superscript 0 beside CGI-S/I. CGI-S at baseline and CGI-S
and CGI-I at all other time points.

Deleted reference to Week 44 regular plasma OT sample in the PK protocol section as it was
added erroneously in the previous version.

Clarified that we will not be doing the gross motor subtest of the Mullen

Revised dose decreasing criteria

Page 176 of 179

Clarified in several locations throughout the protocol that there will now be 6 sites instead of 5
sites.

Added clarification that cyberball task is an additional outcome measure in section 2.2.3.

Removed estimates of times/year that the monitor will travel to each site. This may be variable
depending on the rate of enrollment at each site.

DSMB will now meet 2 times/year

The medical monitor will now review all new treatment emergent adverse effects of moderate or
greater severity two times a year in order to coincide with the DSMB meetings.

Alert values for labs and EKGs are determined by site PI and/or site treating physician

Administrative change: rearranged reportable events section of the protocol (changed section
numbers) to be more clear/concise and also added alert lab/EKG values as considered reportable
events and must be reported to UNC within 7 days of the sites awareness.

Addition of a visual analogue scale for treating physician and coordinator to complete at week 0,
12, 24, 36, 48 and 72.

Made additional clarification in the schedule of events about a previous modification regarding
labs. Safety labs (glucose, CO2, Cl, K, Na, Creatinine, BUN, AST, ALT, urine specific gravity
and pregnancy test) must be redrawn at baseline if more than 12 months has elapsed between
screening and baseline visits. Methylation, plasma/salivary oxytocin has an optional re-draw at
baseline if there has been a lengthy time between screening and baseline visits.
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date: March 2, 2015) 

Clarified the target dose and the efforts to achieve the target dose if at all possible.

Increased the requirement for duration of treatment with the target dose (from 4 weeks to 7
weeks) to ensure there was full opportunity to evaluate the target dose. Clarified the rules for
maintaining a lower dose than recommended by the titration schedule, timing of subsequent dose
increases during the titration phase, mandatory and optional dose reductions and increases above
the target dose.

Increased the total dose given at one time from 40/0 IU (1 high dose insufflation and 2 low dose
insufflations) to 48/0 IU (2 high dose insufflations) to allow achievement of the total daily target
dose with a single administration time.

Clarified procedures related to interrupting dosing in order to capture primary outcome measures
and safety data very close to the time of the last study treatment to increase interpretability of
data.

Added two additional possible doses in schedule (48 IU AM/0 IU PM and 48 IU AM/24 IU PM)
as the maximum dose at any time can be 48 IU

mRNA was initially overlooked and will be part of optional re-draw at baseline which is now
reflected in section 6.2 and schedule of events.

Clarified wording in the Schedule of events.

Add full urinalysis at all time points when specific gravity is already analyzed.

Clarified early termination procedures, need to obtain data within 2 weeks of stopping treatment.
Specified those ending in blinded phase would complete week 24 procedures and those ending in
open label phase would complete week 48 procedures.

Clarified interrupted treatment procedures

Add clarification that follow up safety measures may be added based on physician judgment
(such as additional unscheduled labs, ECGs, visits etc) in section 6.7

Page 178 of 179 

Changed timing of visual analog scale to correspond with all post-baseline in person scheduled
visits (all visits except 2 and 26)

Clarified that the visual analogue scale (VAS) will be called the VAS of change (not
improvement) and will have three sections: overall functioning, repetitive behavior, and social-
communicative functioning. Additionally clarified that only the clinician will complete the
baseline description of functioning (not the coordinator) and added the VAS to discussion of
additional outcome measures.

Clarified that the Mullen receptive language subtest needs to be done in all children who require
ADOS testing with a Module 1 or 2 who are 5 years 8 months old or younger to determine
functional strata.

A focused clinical exam will be done at all post screening visits (instead of full NIMH physical
exam form which combines aspects of physical and medical history) and clarified in assessments
section that height/weight will be obtained as part of vital signs

Clarified that medical monitor will review significant and persistent worsening of functioning
(CGI-I of 6 or 7) and require the individual participant stop the study.

Clarifying procedures for re-evaluation visit (if dose is decreased or CGI-I score is 6 or 7).

Clarifying procedures for when a subject must be withdrawn versus when a subject may be
withdrawn.

Administrative and editorial changes throughout.
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date: May 8, 2015; Protocol Version 5.0) 

Revised inclusion/exclusion criteria to allow for all concomitant psychiatric medication that has
been stable for 4 weeks prior to baseline appointment.

Clarified that individual has to be diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder using DSM-V
criteria.

Removed prohibited medications section
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date: June 4, 2015; Protocol Version 5.1) 

Overall PI (Dr. Sikich) is no longer affiliated with UNC-Chapel Hill. New affiliation is with
Duke University. Duke University will now be lead site under direction of overall PI (Sikich).
Various changes made to clarify this (phone number, email addresses, etc).
Summary of Protocol Changes (Version Date 3/21/2016; Protocol Version 6.0- FINAL Version) 

Adding additional exclusion criteria: subjects cannot have active seizures within the 6 months
prior to screening or baseline.

Remove Dr. Hamer as lead statistician.

Russ Dean is now the PI at the UNC-Data Center

Clarified that visit procedures may occur on separate days as needed, but open label study drug
administration may not occur until all week 24 procedures have been completed.

Remove cyberball task entirely

Remove ADI-R at screening, this will be completed at physician discretion only

Removed the requirement for the IQ testing (Mullen/SB) to be completed within 1 month of the
baseline visit. This does not have to be repeated at baseline if it has been more than 1 month
between screening and baseline.

Page 179 of 179
•
Replace week 2 phone call/email so that the study team only sends the Parent Dose Sheet
(schedule B)
•
Changed week 12 to only be questionnaires, no in office visit
•
Removed ADOS week 24, this may be completed at the physician’s/site’s discretion
•
Remove week 26 phone call/email
•
Removed week 32, 40 and 44 visits where dose is not expected to change. Subjects will be
instructed to contact the site if there are any issues between scheduled visits. Subjects may
always have the ability for an unscheduled visit as needed.
•
Week 36 visit
o
Remove VABS and RMET
o
Added safety lab collection (blood/urine)
•
Remove the following procedures at week 48:
o
Removed EKG
o
Removed the blood draw, urine and saliva collection at week 48 (plasma oxytocin, safety
labs, salivary oxytocin) at week 48, it is the physician’s discretion if they want to assess
safety labs (blood and urine) only
•
Removed week 72 visit
•
Added down titration schedule at the end of the study or if a subject early terminates and agrees
to follow the down titration schedule
•
Added a follow up phone call (SLAES) to be completed after study drug has been stopped at
week 53-55
•
Shorten early termination visit. No blood/saliva/EKG/ADOS or IQ testing is required at an E/T
visit.
•
Made general clarifications and better wording surrounding the dosing. Major changes include:
o
For optional dose reductions, clarified that the SLAES does not need to be completed, but
adverse events do need to be assessed and documented.
o
Changed criteria for increasing above the target dose: removed criteria that CGI-I cannot be a
1. If the CGI-I is a 1, but the clinician still feels there is room for improvement, then the dose
may still be increased above target.
o
Change dosing scheme in open label phase:
•
Week 24-28 = 24 IU TDD
•
Week 28-36 = 48 IU TDD
•
Week 36-48 = 72 IU TDD
•
General clarifications were made regarding wording surrounding the Parent Dose Sheet and
medication diary. No procedures were changed.
•
It was clarified that subjects will be given enough study drug to last until their next scheduled
visit.
•
Clarified that PK visits may occur at any time starting at week 36 or later and clarified the suggested
dosing for each of the visits.
•
Decreased overall samples size to 290 due to lower than expected attrition rates.
•
Adding more wording to clarify definitions for relatedness: Yes= related, likely = probably, no =
unrelated
•
Added additional definitions surrounding adverse event monitoring related to the SLAES:
•
Pattern Definition: This is to help the clinician define the pattern of the AE and give some clarity
to timing of an event.
•
Change/Outcome-This should be captured in order to help the clinician make a clear decision on
a severity rating and better follow the AE through time.
•
Action Taken-The action taken after the report of an AE can be captured by the definitions
below: